]> git.saurik.com Git - apt.git/blame_incremental - doc/po/apt-doc.pot
Sort pot input files
[apt.git] / doc / po / apt-doc.pot
... / ...
CommitLineData
1# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
2# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3# This file is distributed under the same license as the apt-doc package.
4# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
5#
6#, fuzzy
7msgid ""
8msgstr ""
9"Project-Id-Version: apt-doc 1.1~exp12\n"
10"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n"
11"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-12 11:06+0200\n"
12"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
13"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
14"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
15"Language: \n"
16"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
17"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
18"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
19
20#. type: Plain text
21#: apt.ent:7
22#, no-wrap
23msgid ""
24"<!ENTITY apt-author.team \"\n"
25" <author>\n"
26" <othername>APT team</othername>\n"
27" <contrib></contrib>\n"
28" </author>\n"
29"\">\n"
30msgstr ""
31
32#. type: Plain text
33#: apt.ent:13
34#, no-wrap
35msgid ""
36"<!ENTITY apt-qapage \"\n"
37"\t<para>\n"
38"\t\t<ulink url='http://packages.qa.debian.org/a/apt.html'>QA Page</ulink>\n"
39"\t</para>\n"
40"\">\n"
41msgstr ""
42
43#. type: Plain text
44#: apt.ent:24
45#, no-wrap
46msgid ""
47"<!-- Boiler plate Bug reporting section -->\n"
48"<!ENTITY manbugs \"\n"
49" <refsect1><title>Bugs</title>\n"
50" <para><ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/src:apt'>APT bug page</ulink>.\n"
51" If you wish to report a bug in APT, please see\n"
52" <filename>/usr/share/doc/debian/bug-reporting.txt</filename> or the\n"
53" &reportbug; command.\n"
54" </para>\n"
55" </refsect1>\n"
56"\">\n"
57msgstr ""
58
59#. type: Plain text
60#: apt.ent:32
61#, no-wrap
62msgid ""
63"<!-- Boiler plate Author section -->\n"
64"<!ENTITY manauthor \"\n"
65" <refsect1><title>Author</title>\n"
66" <para>APT was written by the APT team "
67"<email>apt@packages.debian.org</email>.\n"
68" </para>\n"
69" </refsect1>\n"
70"\">\n"
71msgstr ""
72
73#. type: Plain text
74#: apt.ent:42
75#, no-wrap
76msgid ""
77"<!-- Should be used within the option section of the text to\n"
78" put in the blurb about -h, -v, -c and -o -->\n"
79"<!ENTITY apt-commonoptions \"\n"
80" <varlistentry><term><option>-h</option></term>\n"
81" <term><option>--help</option></term>\n"
82" <listitem><para>Show a short usage summary.\n"
83" </para>\n"
84" </listitem>\n"
85" </varlistentry>\n"
86msgstr ""
87
88#. type: Plain text
89#: apt.ent:50
90#, no-wrap
91msgid ""
92" <varlistentry>\n"
93" <term><option>-v</option></term>\n"
94" <term><option>--version</option></term>\n"
95" <listitem><para>Show the program version.\n"
96" </para>\n"
97" </listitem>\n"
98" </varlistentry>\n"
99msgstr ""
100
101#. type: Plain text
102#: apt.ent:62
103#, no-wrap
104msgid ""
105" <varlistentry>\n"
106" <term><option>-c</option></term>\n"
107" <term><option>--config-file</option></term>\n"
108" <listitem><para>Configuration File; Specify a configuration file to "
109"use. \n"
110" The program will read the default configuration file and then this \n"
111" configuration file. If configuration settings need to be set before "
112"the\n"
113" default configuration files are parsed specify a file with the "
114"<envar>APT_CONFIG</envar>\n"
115" environment variable. See &apt-conf; for syntax information.\n"
116" </para>\n"
117" </listitem>\n"
118" </varlistentry>\n"
119msgstr ""
120
121#. type: Plain text
122#: apt.ent:74
123#, no-wrap
124msgid ""
125" <varlistentry>\n"
126" <term><option>-o</option></term>\n"
127" <term><option>--option</option></term>\n"
128" <listitem><para>Set a Configuration Option; This will set an "
129"arbitrary\n"
130" configuration option. The syntax is <option>-o "
131"Foo::Bar=bar</option>.\n"
132" <option>-o</option> and <option>--option</option> can be used "
133"multiple\n"
134" times to set different options.\n"
135" </para>\n"
136" </listitem>\n"
137" </varlistentry>\n"
138"\">\n"
139msgstr ""
140
141#. type: Plain text
142#: apt.ent:85
143#, no-wrap
144msgid ""
145"<!-- Should be used within the option section of the text to\n"
146" put in the blurb about -h, -v, -c and -o -->\n"
147"<!ENTITY apt-cmdblurb \"\n"
148" <para>All command line options may be set using the configuration file, "
149"the\n"
150" descriptions indicate the configuration option to set. For boolean\n"
151" options you can override the config file by using something like \n"
152" <option>-f-</option>,<option>--no-f</option>, <option>-f=no</option>\n"
153" or several other variations.\n"
154" </para>\n"
155"\">\n"
156msgstr ""
157
158#. type: Plain text
159#: apt.ent:91
160#, no-wrap
161msgid ""
162"<!ENTITY file-aptconf \"\n"
163" <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename></term>\n"
164" <listitem><para>APT configuration file.\n"
165" Configuration Item: "
166"<literal>Dir::Etc::Main</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
167" </varlistentry>\n"
168msgstr ""
169
170#. type: Plain text
171#: apt.ent:97
172#, no-wrap
173msgid ""
174" <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/</filename></term>\n"
175" <listitem><para>APT configuration file fragments.\n"
176" Configuration Item: "
177"<literal>Dir::Etc::Parts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
178" </varlistentry>\n"
179"\">\n"
180msgstr ""
181
182#. type: Plain text
183#: apt.ent:103
184#, no-wrap
185msgid ""
186"<!ENTITY file-cachearchives \"\n"
187" <varlistentry><term><filename>&cachedir;/archives/</filename></term>\n"
188" <listitem><para>Storage area for retrieved package files.\n"
189" Configuration Item: "
190"<literal>Dir::Cache::Archives</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
191" </varlistentry>\n"
192msgstr ""
193
194#. type: Plain text
195#: apt.ent:109
196#, no-wrap
197msgid ""
198" "
199"<varlistentry><term><filename>&cachedir;/archives/partial/</filename></term>\n"
200" <listitem><para>Storage area for package files in transit.\n"
201" Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::Cache::Archives</literal> "
202"(<filename>partial</filename> will be implicitly "
203"appended)</para></listitem>\n"
204" </varlistentry>\n"
205"\">\n"
206msgstr ""
207
208#. type: Plain text
209#: apt.ent:119
210#, no-wrap
211msgid ""
212"<!ENTITY file-preferences \"\n"
213" <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename></term>\n"
214" <listitem><para>Version preferences file.\n"
215" This is where you would specify &quot;pinning&quot;,\n"
216" i.e. a preference to get certain packages\n"
217" from a separate source\n"
218" or from a different version of a distribution.\n"
219" Configuration Item: "
220"<literal>Dir::Etc::Preferences</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
221" </varlistentry>\n"
222msgstr ""
223
224#. type: Plain text
225#: apt.ent:125
226#, no-wrap
227msgid ""
228" "
229"<varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/preferences.d/</filename></term>\n"
230" <listitem><para>File fragments for the version preferences.\n"
231" Configuration Item: "
232"<literal>Dir::Etc::PreferencesParts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
233" </varlistentry>\n"
234"\">\n"
235msgstr ""
236
237#. type: Plain text
238#: apt.ent:131
239#, no-wrap
240msgid ""
241"<!ENTITY file-sourceslist \"\n"
242" <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename></term>\n"
243" <listitem><para>Locations to fetch packages from.\n"
244" Configuration Item: "
245"<literal>Dir::Etc::SourceList</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
246" </varlistentry>\n"
247msgstr ""
248
249#. type: Plain text
250#: apt.ent:137
251#, no-wrap
252msgid ""
253" "
254"<varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/sources.list.d/</filename></term>\n"
255" <listitem><para>File fragments for locations to fetch packages from.\n"
256" Configuration Item: "
257"<literal>Dir::Etc::SourceParts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
258" </varlistentry>\n"
259"\">\n"
260msgstr ""
261
262#. type: Plain text
263#: apt.ent:144
264#, no-wrap
265msgid ""
266"<!ENTITY file-statelists \"\n"
267" <varlistentry><term><filename>&statedir;/lists/</filename></term>\n"
268" <listitem><para>Storage area for state information for each package "
269"resource specified in\n"
270" &sources-list;\n"
271" Configuration Item: "
272"<literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
273" </varlistentry>\n"
274msgstr ""
275
276#. type: Plain text
277#: apt.ent:150
278#, no-wrap
279msgid ""
280" "
281"<varlistentry><term><filename>&statedir;/lists/partial/</filename></term>\n"
282" <listitem><para>Storage area for state information in transit.\n"
283" Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> "
284"(<filename>partial</filename> will be implicitly "
285"appended)</para></listitem>\n"
286" </varlistentry>\n"
287"\">\n"
288msgstr ""
289
290#. type: Plain text
291#: apt.ent:156
292#, no-wrap
293msgid ""
294"<!ENTITY file-trustedgpg \"\n"
295" <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/trusted.gpg</filename></term>\n"
296" <listitem><para>Keyring of local trusted keys, new keys will be added "
297"here.\n"
298" Configuration Item: "
299"<literal>Dir::Etc::Trusted</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
300" </varlistentry>\n"
301msgstr ""
302
303#. type: Plain text
304#: apt.ent:163
305#, no-wrap
306msgid ""
307" "
308"<varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/trusted.gpg.d/</filename></term>\n"
309" <listitem><para>File fragments for the trusted keys, additional "
310"keyrings can\n"
311" be stored here (by other packages or the administrator).\n"
312" Configuration Item "
313"<literal>Dir::Etc::TrustedParts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
314" </varlistentry>\n"
315"\">\n"
316msgstr ""
317
318#. type: Plain text
319#: apt.ent:171
320#, no-wrap
321msgid ""
322"<!ENTITY file-extended_states \"\n"
323" "
324"<varlistentry><term><filename>/var/lib/apt/extended_states</filename></term>\n"
325" <listitem><para>Status list of auto-installed packages.\n"
326" Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::State::extended_states</literal>.\n"
327" </para></listitem>\n"
328" </varlistentry>\n"
329"\">\n"
330msgstr ""
331
332#. type: Plain text
333#: apt.ent:175
334#, no-wrap
335msgid ""
336"<!-- TRANSLATOR: This is the section header for the following paragraphs - "
337"comparable\n"
338" to the other headers like NAME and DESCRIPTION and should therefore be "
339"uppercase. -->\n"
340"<!ENTITY translation-title \"TRANSLATION\">\n"
341msgstr ""
342
343#. type: Plain text
344#: apt.ent:184
345#, no-wrap
346msgid ""
347"<!-- TRANSLATOR: This is a placeholder. You should write here who has "
348"contributed\n"
349" to the translation in the past, who is responsible now and maybe "
350"further information\n"
351" specially related to your translation. -->\n"
352"<!ENTITY translation-holder \"\n"
353" The english translation was done by John Doe "
354"<email>john@doe.org</email> in 2009,\n"
355" 2010 and Daniela Acme <email>daniela@acme.us</email> in 2010 together "
356"with the\n"
357" Debian Dummy l10n Team "
358"<email>debian-l10n-dummy@lists.debian.org</email>.\n"
359"\">\n"
360msgstr ""
361
362#. type: Plain text
363#: apt.ent:195
364#, no-wrap
365msgid ""
366"<!-- TRANSLATOR: As a translation is allowed to have 20% of "
367"untranslated/fuzzy strings\n"
368" in a shipped manpage newer/modified paragraphs will maybe appear in "
369"english in\n"
370" the generated manpage. This sentence is therefore here to tell the "
371"reader that this\n"
372" is not a mistake by the translator - obviously the target is that at "
373"least for stable\n"
374" releases this sentence is not needed. :) -->\n"
375"<!ENTITY translation-english \"\n"
376" Note that this translated document may contain untranslated parts.\n"
377" This is done on purpose, to avoid losing content when the\n"
378" translation is lagging behind the original content.\n"
379"\">\n"
380msgstr ""
381
382#. type: Plain text
383#: apt.ent:198
384msgid ""
385"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string "
386"e.g. -o=Debug::pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string "
387"\"config_string\">"
388msgstr ""
389
390#. type: Plain text
391#: apt.ent:201
392msgid ""
393"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -c=config_file e.g. -c=./apt.conf --> <!ENTITY "
394"synopsis-config-file \"config_file\">"
395msgstr ""
396
397#. type: Plain text
398#: apt.ent:204
399msgid ""
400"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release "
401"e.g. -t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release "
402"\"target_release\">"
403msgstr ""
404
405#. type: Plain text
406#: apt.ent:207
407msgid ""
408"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -a=architecture e.g. -a=armel --> <!ENTITY "
409"synopsis-architecture \"architecture\">"
410msgstr ""
411
412#. type: Plain text
413#: apt.ent:210
414msgid ""
415"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-get install pkg e.g. apt-get install awesome "
416"--> <!ENTITY synopsis-pkg \"pkg\">"
417msgstr ""
418
419#. type: Plain text
420#: apt.ent:213
421msgid ""
422"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in pkg=pkg_version_number e.g. apt=0.8.15 --> "
423"<!ENTITY synopsis-pkg-ver-number \"pkg_version_number\">"
424msgstr ""
425
426#. type: Plain text
427#: apt.ent:216
428msgid ""
429"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cache pkgnames prefix e.g. apt-cache "
430"pkgnames apt --> <!ENTITY synopsis-prefix \"prefix\">"
431msgstr ""
432
433#. type: Plain text
434#: apt.ent:219
435msgid ""
436"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cache search regex e.g. apt-cache search "
437"awesome --> <!ENTITY synopsis-regex \"regex\">"
438msgstr ""
439
440#. type: Plain text
441#: apt.ent:222
442msgid ""
443"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom "
444"-d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cdrom_mount_point\">"
445msgstr ""
446
447#. type: Plain text
448#: apt.ent:225
449msgid ""
450"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-extracttemplates -t=temporary_directory "
451"e.g. apt-extracttemplates -t=/tmp --> <!ENTITY synopsis-tmp-directory "
452"\"temporary_directory\">"
453msgstr ""
454
455#. type: Plain text
456#: apt.ent:228
457msgid ""
458"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-extracttemplates filename --> <!ENTITY "
459"synopsis-filename \"filename\">"
460msgstr ""
461
462#. type: Plain text
463#: apt.ent:231
464msgid ""
465"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
466"packages path override-file pathprefix --> <!ENTITY synopsis-path \"path\">"
467msgstr ""
468
469#. type: Plain text
470#: apt.ent:234
471msgid ""
472"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
473"packages path override-file pathprefix --> <!ENTITY synopsis-override "
474"\"override-file\">"
475msgstr ""
476
477#. type: Plain text
478#: apt.ent:237
479msgid ""
480"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
481"packages path override-file pathprefix --> <!ENTITY synopsis-pathprefix "
482"\"pathprefix\">"
483msgstr ""
484
485#. type: Plain text
486#: apt.ent:240
487msgid ""
488"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
489"generate section --> <!ENTITY synopsis-section \"section\">"
490msgstr ""
491
492#. type: Plain text
493#: apt.ent:243
494msgid ""
495"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-key export keyid e.g. apt-key export "
496"473041FA --> <!ENTITY synopsis-keyid \"keyid\">"
497msgstr ""
498
499#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
500#: apt.8.xml:21 apt-get.8.xml:22 apt-cache.8.xml:22 apt-key.8.xml:21 apt-mark.8.xml:22 apt-secure.8.xml:21 apt-cdrom.8.xml:21 apt-config.8.xml:22
501msgid "8"
502msgstr ""
503
504#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
505#: apt.8.xml:22 apt-get.8.xml:23 apt-cache.8.xml:23 apt-key.8.xml:22 apt-mark.8.xml:23 apt-secure.8.xml:22 apt-cdrom.8.xml:22 apt-config.8.xml:23 apt.conf.5.xml:28 apt_preferences.5.xml:22 sources.list.5.xml:23 apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:23 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:23 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:23
506msgid "APT"
507msgstr ""
508
509#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
510#: apt.8.xml:28
511msgid "command-line interface"
512msgstr ""
513
514#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
515#: apt.8.xml:33 apt-get.8.xml:34 apt-cache.8.xml:34 apt-key.8.xml:33 apt-mark.8.xml:34 apt-secure.8.xml:46 apt-cdrom.8.xml:33 apt-config.8.xml:34 apt.conf.5.xml:37 apt_preferences.5.xml:32 sources.list.5.xml:32 apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:34 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:34 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:34
516msgid "Description"
517msgstr ""
518
519#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
520#: apt.8.xml:34
521msgid ""
522"<command>apt</command> (Advanced Package Tool) is the command-line tool for "
523"handling packages. It provides a commandline interface for the package "
524"management of the system. See also &apt-get; and &apt-cache; for more "
525"low-level command options."
526msgstr ""
527
528#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
529#: apt.8.xml:43
530msgid ""
531"<literal>list</literal> is used to display a list of packages. It supports "
532"shell pattern for matching package names and the following options: "
533"<option>--installed</option>, <option>--upgradable</option>, "
534"<option>--upgradeable</option>, <option>--all-versions</option> are "
535"supported."
536msgstr ""
537
538#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
539#: apt.8.xml:55
540msgid ""
541"<literal>search</literal> searches for the given term(s) and display "
542"matching packages."
543msgstr ""
544
545#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
546#: apt.8.xml:61
547msgid ""
548"<literal>show</literal> shows the package information for the given "
549"package(s)."
550msgstr ""
551
552#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
553#: apt.8.xml:68
554msgid ""
555"<literal>install</literal> is followed by one or more package names desired "
556"for installation or upgrading."
557msgstr ""
558
559#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
560#: apt.8.xml:72 apt-get.8.xml:112
561msgid ""
562"A specific version of a package can be selected for installation by "
563"following the package name with an equals and the version of the package to "
564"select. This will cause that version to be located and selected for "
565"install. Alternatively a specific distribution can be selected by following "
566"the package name with a slash and the version of the distribution or the "
567"Archive name (stable, testing, unstable)."
568msgstr ""
569
570#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
571#: apt.8.xml:82 apt-get.8.xml:147
572msgid ""
573"<literal>remove</literal> is identical to <literal>install</literal> except "
574"that packages are removed instead of installed. Note that removing a package "
575"leaves its configuration files on the system. If a plus sign is appended to "
576"the package name (with no intervening space), the identified package will be "
577"installed instead of removed."
578msgstr ""
579
580#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
581#: apt.8.xml:89 apt-get.8.xml:217 apt-get.8.xml:227
582msgid "(and the"
583msgstr ""
584
585#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
586#: apt.8.xml:89 apt-get.8.xml:217 apt-get.8.xml:227
587msgid "alias since 1.1)"
588msgstr ""
589
590#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
591#: apt.8.xml:90 apt-get.8.xml:228
592msgid ""
593"<literal>autoremove</literal> is used to remove packages that were "
594"automatically installed to satisfy dependencies for other packages and are "
595"now no longer needed."
596msgstr ""
597
598#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
599#: apt.8.xml:95
600msgid ""
601"<literal>edit-sources</literal> lets you edit your sources.list file and "
602"provides basic sanity checks."
603msgstr ""
604
605#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
606#: apt.8.xml:101
607msgid ""
608"<literal>update</literal> is used to resynchronize the package index files "
609"from their sources."
610msgstr ""
611
612#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
613#: apt.8.xml:107
614msgid ""
615"<literal>upgrade</literal> is used to install the newest versions of all "
616"packages currently installed on the system from the sources enumerated in "
617"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. New packages will be installed, "
618"but existing packages will never be removed."
619msgstr ""
620
621#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
622#: apt.8.xml:116
623msgid ""
624"<literal>full-upgrade</literal> performs the function of upgrade but may "
625"also remove installed packages if that is required in order to resolve a "
626"package conflict."
627msgstr ""
628
629#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
630#: apt.8.xml:126 apt-get.8.xml:262 apt-cache.8.xml:246 apt-mark.8.xml:104 apt-config.8.xml:80 apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:48 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:44 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:500
631msgid "options"
632msgstr ""
633
634#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
635#: apt.8.xml:136
636msgid "Script usage"
637msgstr ""
638
639#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
640#: apt.8.xml:138
641msgid ""
642"The &apt; commandline is designed as a end-user tool and it may change the "
643"output between versions. While it tries to not break backward compatibility "
644"there is no guarantee for it either. All features of &apt; are available in "
645"&apt-cache; and &apt-get; via APT options. Please prefer using these "
646"commands in your scripts."
647msgstr ""
648
649#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
650#: apt.8.xml:146
651msgid "Differences to &apt-get;"
652msgstr ""
653
654#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
655#: apt.8.xml:147
656msgid ""
657"The <command>apt</command> command is meant to be pleasant for end users and "
658"does not need to be backward compatible like &apt-get;. Therefore some "
659"options are different:"
660msgstr ""
661
662#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
663#: apt.8.xml:153
664msgid "The option <literal>DPkg::Progress-Fancy</literal> is enabled."
665msgstr ""
666
667#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
668#: apt.8.xml:157
669msgid "The option <literal>APT::Color</literal> is enabled."
670msgstr ""
671
672#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
673#: apt.8.xml:161
674msgid ""
675"A new <literal>list</literal> command is available similar to <literal>dpkg "
676"--list</literal>."
677msgstr ""
678
679#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
680#: apt.8.xml:166
681msgid ""
682"The option <literal>upgrade</literal> has <literal>--with-new-pkgs</literal> "
683"enabled by default."
684msgstr ""
685
686#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
687#: apt.8.xml:176 apt-get.8.xml:597 apt-cache.8.xml:359 apt-key.8.xml:191 apt-mark.8.xml:127 apt-secure.8.xml:187 apt-cdrom.8.xml:148 apt-config.8.xml:105 apt.conf.5.xml:1321 apt_preferences.5.xml:716 sources.list.5.xml:470 apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:66 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:59 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:603
688msgid "See Also"
689msgstr ""
690
691#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
692#: apt.8.xml:177
693msgid ""
694"&apt-get;, &apt-cache;, &sources-list;, &apt-conf;, &apt-config;, The APT "
695"User's guide in &guidesdir;, &apt-preferences;, the APT Howto."
696msgstr ""
697
698#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
699#: apt.8.xml:182 apt-get.8.xml:603 apt-cache.8.xml:364 apt-mark.8.xml:131 apt-cdrom.8.xml:153 apt-config.8.xml:110 apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:70 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:63 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:607
700msgid "Diagnostics"
701msgstr ""
702
703#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
704#: apt.8.xml:183
705msgid ""
706"<command>apt</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 on "
707"error."
708msgstr ""
709
710#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
711#: apt-get.8.xml:29
712msgid "APT package handling utility -- command-line interface"
713msgstr ""
714
715#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
716#: apt-get.8.xml:35
717msgid ""
718"<command>apt-get</command> is the command-line tool for handling packages, "
719"and may be considered the user's \"back-end\" to other tools using the APT "
720"library. Several \"front-end\" interfaces exist, such as &aptitude;, "
721"&synaptic; and &wajig;."
722msgstr ""
723
724#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
725#: apt-get.8.xml:40 apt-cache.8.xml:40 apt-cdrom.8.xml:47 apt-config.8.xml:40 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:50
726msgid ""
727"Unless the <option>-h</option>, or <option>--help</option> option is given, "
728"one of the commands below must be present."
729msgstr ""
730
731#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
732#: apt-get.8.xml:45
733msgid ""
734"<literal>update</literal> is used to resynchronize the package index files "
735"from their sources. The indexes of available packages are fetched from the "
736"location(s) specified in <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. For "
737"example, when using a Debian archive, this command retrieves and scans the "
738"<filename>Packages.gz</filename> files, so that information about new and "
739"updated packages is available. An <literal>update</literal> should always be "
740"performed before an <literal>upgrade</literal> or "
741"<literal>dist-upgrade</literal>. Please be aware that the overall progress "
742"meter will be incorrect as the size of the package files cannot be known in "
743"advance."
744msgstr ""
745
746#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
747#: apt-get.8.xml:57
748msgid ""
749"<literal>upgrade</literal> is used to install the newest versions of all "
750"packages currently installed on the system from the sources enumerated in "
751"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. Packages currently installed "
752"with new versions available are retrieved and upgraded; under no "
753"circumstances are currently installed packages removed, or packages not "
754"already installed retrieved and installed. New versions of currently "
755"installed packages that cannot be upgraded without changing the install "
756"status of another package will be left at their current version. An "
757"<literal>update</literal> must be performed first so that "
758"<command>apt-get</command> knows that new versions of packages are "
759"available."
760msgstr ""
761
762#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
763#: apt-get.8.xml:70
764msgid ""
765"<literal>dist-upgrade</literal> in addition to performing the function of "
766"<literal>upgrade</literal>, also intelligently handles changing dependencies "
767"with new versions of packages; <command>apt-get</command> has a \"smart\" "
768"conflict resolution system, and it will attempt to upgrade the most "
769"important packages at the expense of less important ones if necessary. The "
770"<literal>dist-upgrade</literal> command may therefore remove some packages. "
771"The <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> file contains a list of "
772"locations from which to retrieve desired package files. See also "
773"&apt-preferences; for a mechanism for overriding the general settings for "
774"individual packages."
775msgstr ""
776
777#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
778#: apt-get.8.xml:83
779msgid ""
780"<literal>dselect-upgrade</literal> is used in conjunction with the "
781"traditional Debian packaging front-end, "
782"&dselect;. <literal>dselect-upgrade</literal> follows the changes made by "
783"&dselect; to the <literal>Status</literal> field of available packages, and "
784"performs the actions necessary to realize that state (for instance, the "
785"removal of old and the installation of new packages)."
786msgstr ""
787
788#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
789#: apt-get.8.xml:94
790msgid ""
791"<literal>install</literal> is followed by one or more packages desired for "
792"installation or upgrading. Each package is a package name, not a fully "
793"qualified filename (for instance, in a Debian system, "
794"<package>apt-utils</package> would be the argument provided, not "
795"<filename>apt-utils_&apt-product-version;_amd64.deb</filename>). All "
796"packages required by the package(s) specified for installation will also be "
797"retrieved and installed. The <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> "
798"file is used to locate the desired packages. If a hyphen is appended to the "
799"package name (with no intervening space), the identified package will be "
800"removed if it is installed. Similarly a plus sign can be used to designate "
801"a package to install. These latter features may be used to override "
802"decisions made by apt-get's conflict resolution system."
803msgstr ""
804
805#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
806#: apt-get.8.xml:119
807msgid ""
808"Both of the version selection mechanisms can downgrade packages and must be "
809"used with care."
810msgstr ""
811
812#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
813#: apt-get.8.xml:122
814msgid ""
815"This is also the target to use if you want to upgrade one or more "
816"already-installed packages without upgrading every package you have on your "
817"system. Unlike the \"upgrade\" target, which installs the newest version of "
818"all currently installed packages, \"install\" will install the newest "
819"version of only the package(s) specified. Simply provide the name of the "
820"package(s) you wish to upgrade, and if a newer version is available, it (and "
821"its dependencies, as described above) will be downloaded and installed."
822msgstr ""
823
824#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
825#: apt-get.8.xml:133
826msgid ""
827"Finally, the &apt-preferences; mechanism allows you to create an alternative "
828"installation policy for individual packages."
829msgstr ""
830
831#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
832#: apt-get.8.xml:137
833msgid ""
834"If no package matches the given expression and the expression contains one "
835"of '.', '?' or '*' then it is assumed to be a POSIX regular expression, and "
836"it is applied to all package names in the database. Any matches are then "
837"installed (or removed). Note that matching is done by substring so 'lo.*' "
838"matches 'how-lo' and 'lowest'. If this is undesired, anchor the regular "
839"expression with a '^' or '$' character, or create a more specific regular "
840"expression."
841msgstr ""
842
843#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
844#: apt-get.8.xml:155
845msgid ""
846"<literal>purge</literal> is identical to <literal>remove</literal> except "
847"that packages are removed and purged (any configuration files are deleted "
848"too)."
849msgstr ""
850
851#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
852#: apt-get.8.xml:160
853msgid ""
854"<literal>source</literal> causes <command>apt-get</command> to fetch source "
855"packages. APT will examine the available packages to decide which source "
856"package to fetch. It will then find and download into the current directory "
857"the newest available version of that source package while respecting the "
858"default release, set with the option "
859"<literal>APT::Default-Release</literal>, the <option>-t</option> option or "
860"per package with the <literal>pkg/release</literal> syntax, if possible."
861msgstr ""
862
863#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
864#: apt-get.8.xml:168
865msgid ""
866"Source packages are tracked separately from binary packages via "
867"<literal>deb-src</literal> lines in the &sources-list; file. This means that "
868"you will need to add such a line for each repository you want to get sources "
869"from; otherwise you will probably get either the wrong (too old/too new) "
870"source versions or none at all."
871msgstr ""
872
873#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
874#: apt-get.8.xml:174
875msgid ""
876"If the <option>--compile</option> option is specified then the package will "
877"be compiled to a binary .deb using <command>dpkg-buildpackage</command> for "
878"the architecture as defined by the <command>--host-architecture</command> "
879"option. If <option>--download-only</option> is specified then the source "
880"package will not be unpacked."
881msgstr ""
882
883#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
884#: apt-get.8.xml:181
885msgid ""
886"A specific source version can be retrieved by postfixing the source name "
887"with an equals and then the version to fetch, similar to the mechanism used "
888"for the package files. This enables exact matching of the source package "
889"name and version, implicitly enabling the "
890"<literal>APT::Get::Only-Source</literal> option."
891msgstr ""
892
893#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
894#: apt-get.8.xml:187
895msgid ""
896"Note that source packages are not installed and tracked in the "
897"<command>dpkg</command> database like binary packages; they are simply "
898"downloaded to the current directory, like source tarballs."
899msgstr ""
900
901#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
902#: apt-get.8.xml:193
903msgid ""
904"<literal>build-dep</literal> causes apt-get to install/remove packages in an "
905"attempt to satisfy the build dependencies for a source package. By default "
906"the dependencies are satisfied to build the package natively. If desired a "
907"host-architecture can be specified with the "
908"<option>--host-architecture</option> option instead."
909msgstr ""
910
911#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
912#: apt-get.8.xml:200
913msgid ""
914"<literal>check</literal> is a diagnostic tool; it updates the package cache "
915"and checks for broken dependencies."
916msgstr ""
917
918#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
919#: apt-get.8.xml:205
920msgid ""
921"<literal>download</literal> will download the given binary package into the "
922"current directory."
923msgstr ""
924
925#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
926#: apt-get.8.xml:211
927msgid ""
928"<literal>clean</literal> clears out the local repository of retrieved "
929"package files. It removes everything but the lock file from "
930"<filename>&cachedir;/archives/</filename> and "
931"<filename>&cachedir;/archives/partial/</filename>."
932msgstr ""
933
934#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
935#: apt-get.8.xml:218
936msgid ""
937"Like <literal>clean</literal>, <literal>autoclean</literal> clears out the "
938"local repository of retrieved package files. The difference is that it only "
939"removes package files that can no longer be downloaded, and are largely "
940"useless. This allows a cache to be maintained over a long period without it "
941"growing out of control. The configuration option "
942"<literal>APT::Clean-Installed</literal> will prevent installed packages from "
943"being erased if it is set to off."
944msgstr ""
945
946#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
947#: apt-get.8.xml:233
948msgid ""
949"<literal>changelog</literal> tries to download the changelog of a package "
950"and displays it through <command>sensible-pager</command>. By default it "
951"displays the changelog for the version that is installed. However, you can "
952"specify the same options as for the <option>install</option> command."
953msgstr ""
954
955#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
956#: apt-get.8.xml:243
957msgid ""
958"Displays by default a deb822 formatted listing of information about all data "
959"files (aka index targets) <command>apt-get update</command> would "
960"download. Supports a <option>--format</option> option to modify the output "
961"format as well as accepts lines of the default output to filter the records "
962"by. The command is mainly used as an interface for external tools working "
963"with APT to get information as well as filenames for downloaded files so "
964"they can use them as well instead of downloading them again on their "
965"own. Detailed documentation is omitted here and can instead be found in the "
966"source tree in "
967"<literal><filename>doc/acquire-additional-files.txt</filename></literal>."
968msgstr ""
969
970#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
971#: apt-get.8.xml:267
972msgid ""
973"Do not consider recommended packages as a dependency for installing. "
974"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Install-Recommends</literal>."
975msgstr ""
976
977#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
978#: apt-get.8.xml:272
979msgid ""
980"Consider suggested packages as a dependency for installing. Configuration "
981"Item: <literal>APT::Install-Suggests</literal>."
982msgstr ""
983
984#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
985#: apt-get.8.xml:277
986msgid ""
987"Download only; package files are only retrieved, not unpacked or installed. "
988"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Download-Only</literal>."
989msgstr ""
990
991#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
992#: apt-get.8.xml:282
993msgid ""
994"Fix; attempt to correct a system with broken dependencies in place. This "
995"option, when used with install/remove, can omit any packages to permit APT "
996"to deduce a likely solution. If packages are specified, these have to "
997"completely correct the problem. The option is sometimes necessary when "
998"running APT for the first time; APT itself does not allow broken package "
999"dependencies to exist on a system. It is possible that a system's dependency "
1000"structure can be so corrupt as to require manual intervention (which usually "
1001"means using <command>dpkg --remove</command> to eliminate some of the "
1002"offending packages). Use of this option together with <option>-m</option> "
1003"may produce an error in some situations. Configuration Item: "
1004"<literal>APT::Get::Fix-Broken</literal>."
1005msgstr ""
1006
1007#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1008#: apt-get.8.xml:297
1009msgid ""
1010"Ignore missing packages; if packages cannot be retrieved or fail the "
1011"integrity check after retrieval (corrupted package files), hold back those "
1012"packages and handle the result. Use of this option together with "
1013"<option>-f</option> may produce an error in some situations. If a package is "
1014"selected for installation (particularly if it is mentioned on the command "
1015"line) and it could not be downloaded then it will be silently held back. "
1016"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Fix-Missing</literal>."
1017msgstr ""
1018
1019#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1020#: apt-get.8.xml:308
1021msgid ""
1022"Disables downloading of packages. This is best used with "
1023"<option>--ignore-missing</option> to force APT to use only the .debs it has "
1024"already downloaded. Configuration Item: "
1025"<literal>APT::Get::Download</literal>."
1026msgstr ""
1027
1028#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1029#: apt-get.8.xml:315
1030msgid ""
1031"Quiet; produces output suitable for logging, omitting progress indicators. "
1032"More q's will produce more quiet up to a maximum of 2. You can also use "
1033"<option>-q=#</option> to set the quiet level, overriding the configuration "
1034"file. Note that quiet level 2 implies <option>-y</option>; you should never "
1035"use -qq without a no-action modifier such as -d, --print-uris or -s as APT "
1036"may decide to do something you did not expect. Configuration Item: "
1037"<literal>quiet</literal>."
1038msgstr ""
1039
1040#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1041#: apt-get.8.xml:330
1042msgid ""
1043"No action; perform a simulation of events that would occur based on the "
1044"current system state but do not actually change the system. Locking will be "
1045"disabled (<option>Debug::NoLocking</option>) so the system state could "
1046"change while <command>apt-get</command> is running. Simulations can also be "
1047"executed by non-root users which might not have read access to all apt "
1048"configuration distorting the simulation. A notice expressing this warning "
1049"is also shown by default for non-root users "
1050"(<option>APT::Get::Show-User-Simulation-Note</option>). Configuration Item: "
1051"<literal>APT::Get::Simulate</literal>."
1052msgstr ""
1053
1054#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1055#: apt-get.8.xml:340
1056msgid ""
1057"Simulated runs print out a series of lines, each representing a "
1058"<command>dpkg</command> operation: configure (<literal>Conf</literal>), "
1059"remove (<literal>Remv</literal>) or unpack "
1060"(<literal>Inst</literal>). Square brackets indicate broken packages, and "
1061"empty square brackets indicate breaks that are of no consequence (rare)."
1062msgstr ""
1063
1064#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1065#: apt-get.8.xml:348
1066msgid ""
1067"Automatic yes to prompts; assume \"yes\" as answer to all prompts and run "
1068"non-interactively. If an undesirable situation, such as changing a held "
1069"package, trying to install a unauthenticated package or removing an "
1070"essential package occurs then <literal>apt-get</literal> will abort. "
1071"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal>."
1072msgstr ""
1073
1074#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1075#: apt-get.8.xml:356
1076msgid ""
1077"Automatic \"no\" to all prompts. Configuration Item: "
1078"<literal>APT::Get::Assume-No</literal>."
1079msgstr ""
1080
1081#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1082#: apt-get.8.xml:361
1083msgid ""
1084"Show upgraded packages; print out a list of all packages that are to be "
1085"upgraded. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Show-Upgraded</literal>."
1086msgstr ""
1087
1088#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1089#: apt-get.8.xml:367
1090msgid ""
1091"Show full versions for upgraded and installed packages. Configuration Item: "
1092"<literal>APT::Get::Show-Versions</literal>."
1093msgstr ""
1094
1095#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1096#: apt-get.8.xml:373
1097msgid ""
1098"This option controls the architecture packages are built for by "
1099"<command>apt-get source --compile</command> and how cross-builddependencies "
1100"are satisfied. By default is it not set which means that the host "
1101"architecture is the same as the build architecture (which is defined by "
1102"<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>). Configuration Item: "
1103"<literal>APT::Get::Host-Architecture</literal>."
1104msgstr ""
1105
1106#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1107#: apt-get.8.xml:383
1108msgid ""
1109"This option controls the activated build profiles for which a source package "
1110"is built by <command>apt-get source --compile</command> and how build "
1111"dependencies are satisfied. By default no build profile is active. More "
1112"than one build profile can be activated at a time by concatenating them with "
1113"a comma. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Build-Profiles</literal>."
1114msgstr ""
1115
1116#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1117#: apt-get.8.xml:394
1118msgid ""
1119"Compile source packages after downloading them. Configuration Item: "
1120"<literal>APT::Get::Compile</literal>."
1121msgstr ""
1122
1123#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1124#: apt-get.8.xml:399
1125msgid ""
1126"Ignore package holds; this causes <command>apt-get</command> to ignore a "
1127"hold placed on a package. This may be useful in conjunction with "
1128"<literal>dist-upgrade</literal> to override a large number of undesired "
1129"holds. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Ignore-Hold</literal>."
1130msgstr ""
1131
1132#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1133#: apt-get.8.xml:406
1134msgid ""
1135"Allow installing new packages when used in conjunction with "
1136"<literal>upgrade</literal>. This is useful if the update of a installed "
1137"package requires new dependencies to be installed. Instead of holding the "
1138"package back <literal>upgrade</literal> will upgrade the package and install "
1139"the new dependencies. Note that <literal>upgrade</literal> with this option "
1140"will never remove packages, only allow adding new ones. Configuration Item: "
1141"<literal>APT::Get::Upgrade-Allow-New</literal>."
1142msgstr ""
1143
1144#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1145#: apt-get.8.xml:418
1146msgid ""
1147"Do not upgrade packages; when used in conjunction with "
1148"<literal>install</literal>, <literal>no-upgrade</literal> will prevent "
1149"packages on the command line from being upgraded if they are already "
1150"installed. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Upgrade</literal>."
1151msgstr ""
1152
1153#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1154#: apt-get.8.xml:425
1155msgid ""
1156"Do not install new packages; when used in conjunction with "
1157"<literal>install</literal>, <literal>only-upgrade</literal> will install "
1158"upgrades for already installed packages only and ignore requests to install "
1159"new packages. Configuration Item: "
1160"<literal>APT::Get::Only-Upgrade</literal>."
1161msgstr ""
1162
1163#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1164#: apt-get.8.xml:433
1165msgid ""
1166"This is a dangerous option that will cause apt to continue without prompting "
1167"if it is doing downgrades. It should not be used except in very special "
1168"situations. Using it can potentially destroy your system! Configuration "
1169"Item: <literal>APT::Get::allow-downgrades</literal>. Introduced in APT 1.1."
1170msgstr ""
1171
1172#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1173#: apt-get.8.xml:441
1174msgid ""
1175"Force yes; this is a dangerous option that will cause apt to continue "
1176"without prompting if it is removing essentials. It should not be used except "
1177"in very special situations. Using it can potentially destroy your system! "
1178"Configuration Item: "
1179"<literal>APT::Get::allow-remove-essential</literal>. Introduced in APT 1.1."
1180msgstr ""
1181
1182#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1183#: apt-get.8.xml:449
1184msgid ""
1185"Force yes; this is a dangerous option that will cause apt to continue "
1186"without prompting if it is changing held packages. It should not be used "
1187"except in very special situations. Using it can potentially destroy your "
1188"system! Configuration Item: "
1189"<literal>APT::Get::allow-change-held-packages</literal>. Introduced in APT "
1190"1.1."
1191msgstr ""
1192
1193#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1194#: apt-get.8.xml:457
1195msgid ""
1196"Force yes; this is a dangerous option that will cause apt to continue "
1197"without prompting if it is doing something potentially harmful. It should "
1198"not be used except in very special situations. Using "
1199"<literal>force-yes</literal> can potentially destroy your system! "
1200"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::force-yes</literal>. This is "
1201"deprecated and replaced by <option>--allow-downgrades</option>, "
1202"<option>--allow-remove-essential</option>, "
1203"<option>--allow-change-held-packages</option> in 1.1."
1204msgstr ""
1205
1206#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1207#: apt-get.8.xml:465
1208msgid ""
1209"Instead of fetching the files to install their URIs are printed. Each URI "
1210"will have the path, the destination file name, the size and the expected MD5 "
1211"hash. Note that the file name to write to will not always match the file "
1212"name on the remote site! This also works with the <literal>source</literal> "
1213"and <literal>update</literal> commands. When used with the "
1214"<literal>update</literal> command the MD5 and size are not included, and it "
1215"is up to the user to decompress any compressed files. Configuration Item: "
1216"<literal>APT::Get::Print-URIs</literal>."
1217msgstr ""
1218
1219#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1220#: apt-get.8.xml:476
1221msgid ""
1222"Use purge instead of remove for anything that would be removed. An asterisk "
1223"(\"*\") will be displayed next to packages which are scheduled to be "
1224"purged. <option>remove --purge</option> is equivalent to the "
1225"<option>purge</option> command. Configuration Item: "
1226"<literal>APT::Get::Purge</literal>."
1227msgstr ""
1228
1229#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1230#: apt-get.8.xml:484
1231msgid ""
1232"Re-install packages that are already installed and at the newest version. "
1233"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::ReInstall</literal>."
1234msgstr ""
1235
1236#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1237#: apt-get.8.xml:489
1238msgid ""
1239"This option is on by default; use <literal>--no-list-cleanup</literal> to "
1240"turn it off. When it is on, <command>apt-get</command> will automatically "
1241"manage the contents of <filename>&statedir;/lists</filename> to ensure that "
1242"obsolete files are erased. The only reason to turn it off is if you "
1243"frequently change your sources list. Configuration Item: "
1244"<literal>APT::Get::List-Cleanup</literal>."
1245msgstr ""
1246
1247#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1248#: apt-get.8.xml:499
1249msgid ""
1250"This option controls the default input to the policy engine; it creates a "
1251"default pin at priority 990 using the specified release string. This "
1252"overrides the general settings in "
1253"<filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename>. Specifically pinned packages are "
1254"not affected by the value of this option. In short, this option lets you "
1255"have simple control over which distribution packages will be retrieved "
1256"from. Some common examples might be <option>-t '2.1*'</option>, <option>-t "
1257"unstable</option> or <option>-t sid</option>. Configuration Item: "
1258"<literal>APT::Default-Release</literal>; see also the &apt-preferences; "
1259"manual page."
1260msgstr ""
1261
1262#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1263#: apt-get.8.xml:514
1264msgid ""
1265"Only perform operations that are 'trivial'. Logically this can be considered "
1266"related to <option>--assume-yes</option>; where "
1267"<option>--assume-yes</option> will answer yes to any prompt, "
1268"<option>--trivial-only</option> will answer no. Configuration Item: "
1269"<literal>APT::Get::Trivial-Only</literal>."
1270msgstr ""
1271
1272#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1273#: apt-get.8.xml:521
1274msgid ""
1275"If any packages are to be removed apt-get immediately aborts without "
1276"prompting. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Remove</literal>."
1277msgstr ""
1278
1279#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1280#: apt-get.8.xml:527
1281msgid ""
1282"If the command is either <literal>install</literal> or "
1283"<literal>remove</literal>, then this option acts like running the "
1284"<literal>autoremove</literal> command, removing unused dependency "
1285"packages. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::AutomaticRemove</literal>."
1286msgstr ""
1287
1288#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1289#: apt-get.8.xml:534
1290msgid ""
1291"Only has meaning for the <literal>source</literal> and "
1292"<literal>build-dep</literal> commands. Indicates that the given source "
1293"names are not to be mapped through the binary table. This means that if "
1294"this option is specified, these commands will only accept source package "
1295"names as arguments, rather than accepting binary package names and looking "
1296"up the corresponding source package. Configuration Item: "
1297"<literal>APT::Get::Only-Source</literal>."
1298msgstr ""
1299
1300#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1301#: apt-get.8.xml:545
1302msgid ""
1303"Download only the diff, dsc, or tar file of a source archive. Configuration "
1304"Item: <literal>APT::Get::Diff-Only</literal>, "
1305"<literal>APT::Get::Dsc-Only</literal>, and "
1306"<literal>APT::Get::Tar-Only</literal>."
1307msgstr ""
1308
1309#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1310#: apt-get.8.xml:551
1311msgid ""
1312"Only process architecture-dependent build-dependencies. Configuration Item: "
1313"<literal>APT::Get::Arch-Only</literal>."
1314msgstr ""
1315
1316#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1317#: apt-get.8.xml:556
1318msgid ""
1319"Ignore if packages can't be authenticated and don't prompt about it. This "
1320"can be useful while working with local repositories, but is a huge security "
1321"risk if data authenticity isn't ensured in another way by the user itself. "
1322"The usage of the <option>Trusted</option> option for &sources-list; entries "
1323"should usually be preferred over this global override. Configuration Item: "
1324"<literal>APT::Get::AllowUnauthenticated</literal>."
1325msgstr ""
1326
1327#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1328#: apt-get.8.xml:566
1329msgid ""
1330"Forbid the update command to acquire unverifiable data from configured "
1331"sources. Apt will fail at the update command for repositories without valid "
1332"cryptographically signatures. Configuration Item: "
1333"<literal>Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</literal>."
1334msgstr ""
1335
1336#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1337#: apt-get.8.xml:574
1338msgid ""
1339"Show user friendly progress information in the terminal window when packages "
1340"are installed, upgraded or removed. For a machine parsable version of this "
1341"data see README.progress-reporting in the apt doc directory. Configuration "
1342"Item: <literal>Dpkg::Progress</literal> and "
1343"<literal>Dpkg::Progress-Fancy</literal>."
1344msgstr ""
1345
1346#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1347#: apt-get.8.xml:587 apt-cache.8.xml:352 apt-key.8.xml:170 apt-mark.8.xml:121 apt.conf.5.xml:1315 apt_preferences.5.xml:709
1348msgid "Files"
1349msgstr ""
1350
1351#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1352#: apt-get.8.xml:598
1353msgid ""
1354"&apt-cache;, &apt-cdrom;, &dpkg;, &sources-list;, &apt-conf;, &apt-config;, "
1355"&apt-secure;, The APT User's guide in &guidesdir;, &apt-preferences;, the "
1356"APT Howto."
1357msgstr ""
1358
1359#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1360#: apt-get.8.xml:604
1361msgid ""
1362"<command>apt-get</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 on "
1363"error."
1364msgstr ""
1365
1366#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
1367#: apt-cache.8.xml:29
1368msgid "query the APT cache"
1369msgstr ""
1370
1371#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1372#: apt-cache.8.xml:35
1373msgid ""
1374"<command>apt-cache</command> performs a variety of operations on APT's "
1375"package cache. <command>apt-cache</command> does not manipulate the state of "
1376"the system but does provide operations to search and generate interesting "
1377"output from the package metadata."
1378msgstr ""
1379
1380#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1381#: apt-cache.8.xml:45
1382msgid ""
1383"<literal>gencaches</literal> creates APT's package cache. This is done "
1384"implicitly by all commands needing this cache if it is missing or outdated."
1385msgstr ""
1386
1387#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option><replaceable>
1388#: apt-cache.8.xml:49 apt-cache.8.xml:137 apt-cache.8.xml:161 apt-cache.8.xml:183 apt-cache.8.xml:188 apt-cache.8.xml:204 apt-cache.8.xml:222 apt-cache.8.xml:234
1389msgid "&synopsis-pkg;"
1390msgstr ""
1391
1392#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1393#: apt-cache.8.xml:50
1394msgid ""
1395"<literal>showpkg</literal> displays information about the packages listed on "
1396"the command line. Remaining arguments are package names. The available "
1397"versions and reverse dependencies of each package listed are listed, as well "
1398"as forward dependencies for each version. Forward (normal) dependencies are "
1399"those packages upon which the package in question depends; reverse "
1400"dependencies are those packages that depend upon the package in "
1401"question. Thus, forward dependencies must be satisfied for a package, but "
1402"reverse dependencies need not be. For instance, <command>apt-cache showpkg "
1403"libreadline2</command> would produce output similar to the following:"
1404msgstr ""
1405
1406#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informalexample><programlisting>
1407#: apt-cache.8.xml:62
1408#, no-wrap
1409msgid ""
1410"Package: libreadline2\n"
1411"Versions: 2.1-12(/var/state/apt/lists/foo_Packages),\n"
1412"Reverse Depends: \n"
1413" libreadlineg2,libreadline2\n"
1414" libreadline2-altdev,libreadline2\n"
1415"Dependencies:\n"
1416"2.1-12 - libc5 (2 5.4.0-0) ncurses3.0 (0 (null))\n"
1417"Provides:\n"
1418"2.1-12 - \n"
1419"Reverse Provides: \n"
1420msgstr ""
1421
1422#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1423#: apt-cache.8.xml:74
1424msgid ""
1425"Thus it may be seen that libreadline2, version 2.1-12, depends on libc5 and "
1426"ncurses3.0 which must be installed for libreadline2 to work. In turn, "
1427"libreadlineg2 and libreadline2-altdev depend on libreadline2. If "
1428"libreadline2 is installed, libc5 and ncurses3.0 (and ldso) must also be "
1429"installed; libreadlineg2 and libreadline2-altdev do not have to be "
1430"installed. For the specific meaning of the remainder of the output it is "
1431"best to consult the apt source code."
1432msgstr ""
1433
1434#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1435#: apt-cache.8.xml:83
1436msgid ""
1437"<literal>stats</literal> displays some statistics about the cache. No "
1438"further arguments are expected. Statistics reported are:"
1439msgstr ""
1440
1441#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1442#: apt-cache.8.xml:86
1443msgid ""
1444"<literal>Total package names</literal> is the number of package names found "
1445"in the cache."
1446msgstr ""
1447
1448#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1449#: apt-cache.8.xml:90
1450msgid ""
1451"<literal>Normal packages</literal> is the number of regular, ordinary "
1452"package names; these are packages that bear a one-to-one correspondence "
1453"between their names and the names used by other packages for them in "
1454"dependencies. The majority of packages fall into this category."
1455msgstr ""
1456
1457#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1458#: apt-cache.8.xml:96
1459msgid ""
1460"<literal>Pure virtual packages</literal> is the number of packages that "
1461"exist only as a virtual package name; that is, packages only \"provide\" the "
1462"virtual package name, and no package actually uses the name. For instance, "
1463"\"mail-transport-agent\" in the Debian system is a pure virtual package; "
1464"several packages provide \"mail-transport-agent\", but there is no package "
1465"named \"mail-transport-agent\"."
1466msgstr ""
1467
1468#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1469#: apt-cache.8.xml:104
1470msgid ""
1471"<literal>Single virtual packages</literal> is the number of packages with "
1472"only one package providing a particular virtual package. For example, in the "
1473"Debian system, \"X11-text-viewer\" is a virtual package, but only one "
1474"package, xless, provides \"X11-text-viewer\"."
1475msgstr ""
1476
1477#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1478#: apt-cache.8.xml:110
1479msgid ""
1480"<literal>Mixed virtual packages</literal> is the number of packages that "
1481"either provide a particular virtual package or have the virtual package name "
1482"as the package name. For instance, in the Debian system, \"debconf\" is both "
1483"an actual package, and provided by the debconf-tiny package."
1484msgstr ""
1485
1486#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1487#: apt-cache.8.xml:117
1488msgid ""
1489"<literal>Missing</literal> is the number of package names that were "
1490"referenced in a dependency but were not provided by any package. Missing "
1491"packages may be an evidence if a full distribution is not accessed, or if a "
1492"package (real or virtual) has been dropped from the distribution. Usually "
1493"they are referenced from Conflicts or Breaks statements."
1494msgstr ""
1495
1496#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1497#: apt-cache.8.xml:124
1498msgid ""
1499"<literal>Total distinct</literal> versions is the number of package versions "
1500"found in the cache. If more than one distribution is being accessed (for "
1501"instance, \"stable\" and \"unstable\"), this value can be considerably "
1502"larger than the number of total package names."
1503msgstr ""
1504
1505#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1506#: apt-cache.8.xml:130
1507msgid ""
1508"<literal>Total dependencies</literal> is the number of dependency "
1509"relationships claimed by all of the packages in the cache."
1510msgstr ""
1511
1512#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1513#: apt-cache.8.xml:138
1514msgid ""
1515"<literal>showsrc</literal> displays all the source package records that "
1516"match the given package names. All versions are shown, as well as all "
1517"records that declare the name to be a binary package. Use "
1518"<option>--only-source</option> to display only source package names."
1519msgstr ""
1520
1521#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1522#: apt-cache.8.xml:147
1523msgid ""
1524"<literal>dump</literal> shows a short listing of every package in the "
1525"cache. It is primarily for debugging."
1526msgstr ""
1527
1528#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1529#: apt-cache.8.xml:152
1530msgid ""
1531"<literal>dumpavail</literal> prints out an available list to stdout. This is "
1532"suitable for use with &dpkg; and is used by the &dselect; method."
1533msgstr ""
1534
1535#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1536#: apt-cache.8.xml:157
1537msgid ""
1538"<literal>unmet</literal> displays a summary of all unmet dependencies in the "
1539"package cache."
1540msgstr ""
1541
1542#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1543#: apt-cache.8.xml:162
1544msgid ""
1545"<literal>show</literal> performs a function similar to <command>dpkg "
1546"--print-avail</command>; it displays the package records for the named "
1547"packages."
1548msgstr ""
1549
1550#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option><replaceable>
1551#: apt-cache.8.xml:167
1552msgid "&synopsis-regex;"
1553msgstr ""
1554
1555#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1556#: apt-cache.8.xml:168
1557msgid ""
1558"<literal>search</literal> performs a full text search on all available "
1559"package lists for the POSIX regex pattern given, see &regex;. It searches "
1560"the package names and the descriptions for an occurrence of the regular "
1561"expression and prints out the package name and the short description, "
1562"including virtual package names. If <option>--full</option> is given then "
1563"output identical to <literal>show</literal> is produced for each matched "
1564"package, and if <option>--names-only</option> is given then the long "
1565"description is not searched, only the package name and provided packages "
1566"are."
1567msgstr ""
1568
1569#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1570#: apt-cache.8.xml:179
1571msgid ""
1572"Separate arguments can be used to specify multiple search patterns that are "
1573"and'ed together."
1574msgstr ""
1575
1576#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1577#: apt-cache.8.xml:184
1578msgid ""
1579"<literal>depends</literal> shows a listing of each dependency a package has "
1580"and all the possible other packages that can fulfill that dependency."
1581msgstr ""
1582
1583#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1584#: apt-cache.8.xml:189
1585msgid ""
1586"<literal>rdepends</literal> shows a listing of each reverse dependency a "
1587"package has."
1588msgstr ""
1589
1590#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
1591#: apt-cache.8.xml:193
1592msgid "<optional><replaceable>&synopsis-prefix;</replaceable></optional>"
1593msgstr ""
1594
1595#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1596#: apt-cache.8.xml:194
1597msgid ""
1598"This command prints the name of each package APT knows. The optional "
1599"argument is a prefix match to filter the name list. The output is suitable "
1600"for use in a shell tab complete function and the output is generated "
1601"extremely quickly. This command is best used with the "
1602"<option>--generate</option> option."
1603msgstr ""
1604
1605#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1606#: apt-cache.8.xml:199
1607msgid ""
1608"Note that a package which APT knows of is not necessarily available to "
1609"download, installable or installed, e.g. virtual packages are also listed in "
1610"the generated list."
1611msgstr ""
1612
1613#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1614#: apt-cache.8.xml:205
1615msgid ""
1616"<literal>dotty</literal> takes a list of packages on the command line and "
1617"generates output suitable for use by dotty from the <ulink "
1618"url=\"http://www.research.att.com/sw/tools/graphviz/\">GraphViz</ulink> "
1619"package. The result will be a set of nodes and edges representing the "
1620"relationships between the packages. By default the given packages will trace "
1621"out all dependent packages; this can produce a very large graph. To limit "
1622"the output to only the packages listed on the command line, set the "
1623"<literal>APT::Cache::GivenOnly</literal> option."
1624msgstr ""
1625
1626#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1627#: apt-cache.8.xml:214
1628msgid ""
1629"The resulting nodes will have several shapes; normal packages are boxes, "
1630"pure virtual packages are triangles, mixed virtual packages are diamonds, "
1631"missing packages are hexagons. Orange boxes mean recursion was stopped (leaf "
1632"packages), blue lines are pre-depends, green lines are conflicts."
1633msgstr ""
1634
1635#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1636#: apt-cache.8.xml:219
1637msgid "Caution, dotty cannot graph larger sets of packages."
1638msgstr ""
1639
1640#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1641#: apt-cache.8.xml:223
1642msgid ""
1643"The same as <literal>dotty</literal>, only for xvcg from the <ulink "
1644"url=\"http://rw4.cs.uni-sb.de/users/sander/html/gsvcg1.html\">VCG "
1645"tool</ulink>."
1646msgstr ""
1647
1648#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
1649#: apt-cache.8.xml:227
1650msgid "<optional><replaceable>&synopsis-pkg;</replaceable>…</optional>"
1651msgstr ""
1652
1653#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1654#: apt-cache.8.xml:228
1655msgid ""
1656"<literal>policy</literal> is meant to help debug issues relating to the "
1657"preferences file. With no arguments it will print out the priorities of each "
1658"source. Otherwise it prints out detailed information about the priority "
1659"selection of the named package."
1660msgstr ""
1661
1662#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1663#: apt-cache.8.xml:235
1664msgid ""
1665"<literal>apt-cache</literal>'s <literal>madison</literal> command attempts "
1666"to mimic the output format and a subset of the functionality of the Debian "
1667"archive management tool, <literal>madison</literal>. It displays available "
1668"versions of a package in a tabular format. Unlike the original "
1669"<literal>madison</literal>, it can only display information for the "
1670"architecture for which APT has retrieved package lists "
1671"(<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>)."
1672msgstr ""
1673
1674#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1675#: apt-cache.8.xml:251
1676msgid ""
1677"Select the file to store the package cache. The package cache is the primary "
1678"cache used by all operations. Configuration Item: "
1679"<literal>Dir::Cache::pkgcache</literal>."
1680msgstr ""
1681
1682#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1683#: apt-cache.8.xml:257
1684msgid ""
1685"Select the file to store the source cache. The source is used only by "
1686"<literal>gencaches</literal> and it stores a parsed version of the package "
1687"information from remote sources. When building the package cache the source "
1688"cache is used to avoid reparsing all of the package files. Configuration "
1689"Item: <literal>Dir::Cache::srcpkgcache</literal>."
1690msgstr ""
1691
1692#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1693#: apt-cache.8.xml:265
1694msgid ""
1695"Quiet; produces output suitable for logging, omitting progress indicators. "
1696"More q's will produce more quietness up to a maximum of 2. You can also use "
1697"<option>-q=#</option> to set the quietness level, overriding the "
1698"configuration file. Configuration Item: <literal>quiet</literal>."
1699msgstr ""
1700
1701#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1702#: apt-cache.8.xml:272
1703msgid ""
1704"Print only important dependencies; for use with <literal>unmet</literal> and "
1705"<literal>depends</literal>. Causes only Depends and Pre-Depends relations to "
1706"be printed. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::Important</literal>."
1707msgstr ""
1708
1709#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1710#: apt-cache.8.xml:286
1711msgid ""
1712"Per default the <command>depends</command> and <command>rdepends</command> "
1713"print all dependencies. This can be tweaked with these flags which will omit "
1714"the specified dependency type. Configuration Item: "
1715"<literal>APT::Cache::Show<replaceable>DependencyType</replaceable></literal> "
1716"e.g. <literal>APT::Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>."
1717msgstr ""
1718
1719#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1720#: apt-cache.8.xml:294
1721msgid ""
1722"Per default <command>depends</command> and <command>rdepends</command> print "
1723"only dependencies explicitly expressed in the metadata. With this flag it "
1724"will also show dependencies implicitely added based on the encountered "
1725"data. A <literal>Conflicts: foo</literal> e.g. expresses implicitely that "
1726"this package also conflicts with the package foo from any other "
1727"architecture. Configuration Item: "
1728"<literal>APT::Cache::ShowImplicit</literal>."
1729msgstr ""
1730
1731#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1732#: apt-cache.8.xml:304
1733msgid ""
1734"Print full package records when searching. Configuration Item: "
1735"<literal>APT::Cache::ShowFull</literal>."
1736msgstr ""
1737
1738#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1739#: apt-cache.8.xml:309
1740msgid ""
1741"Print full records for all available versions. This is the default; to turn "
1742"it off, use <option>--no-all-versions</option>. If "
1743"<option>--no-all-versions</option> is specified, only the candidate version "
1744"will be displayed (the one which would be selected for installation). This "
1745"option is only applicable to the <literal>show</literal> command. "
1746"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::AllVersions</literal>."
1747msgstr ""
1748
1749#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1750#: apt-cache.8.xml:318
1751msgid ""
1752"Perform automatic package cache regeneration, rather than use the cache as "
1753"it is. This is the default; to turn it off, use "
1754"<option>--no-generate</option>. Configuration Item: "
1755"<literal>APT::Cache::Generate</literal>."
1756msgstr ""
1757
1758#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1759#: apt-cache.8.xml:324
1760msgid ""
1761"Only search on the package and provided package names, not the long "
1762"descriptions. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::NamesOnly</literal>."
1763msgstr ""
1764
1765#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1766#: apt-cache.8.xml:329
1767msgid ""
1768"Make <literal>pkgnames</literal> print all names, including virtual packages "
1769"and missing dependencies. Configuration Item: "
1770"<literal>APT::Cache::AllNames</literal>."
1771msgstr ""
1772
1773#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1774#: apt-cache.8.xml:335
1775msgid ""
1776"Make <literal>depends</literal> and <literal>rdepends</literal> recursive so "
1777"that all packages mentioned are printed once. Configuration Item: "
1778"<literal>APT::Cache::RecurseDepends</literal>."
1779msgstr ""
1780
1781#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1782#: apt-cache.8.xml:342
1783msgid ""
1784"Limit the output of <literal>depends</literal> and "
1785"<literal>rdepends</literal> to packages which are currently installed. "
1786"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::Installed</literal>."
1787msgstr ""
1788
1789#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1790#: apt-cache.8.xml:360
1791msgid "&apt-conf;, &sources-list;, &apt-get;"
1792msgstr ""
1793
1794#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1795#: apt-cache.8.xml:365
1796msgid ""
1797"<command>apt-cache</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 "
1798"on error."
1799msgstr ""
1800
1801#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
1802#: apt-key.8.xml:28
1803msgid "APT key management utility"
1804msgstr ""
1805
1806#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1807#: apt-key.8.xml:35
1808msgid ""
1809"<command>apt-key</command> is used to manage the list of keys used by apt to "
1810"authenticate packages. Packages which have been authenticated using these "
1811"keys will be considered trusted."
1812msgstr ""
1813
1814#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1815#: apt-key.8.xml:41
1816msgid "Commands"
1817msgstr ""
1818
1819#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1820#: apt-key.8.xml:46
1821msgid ""
1822"Add a new key to the list of trusted keys. The key is read from the "
1823"filename given with the parameter &synopsis-param-filename; or if the "
1824"filename is <literal>-</literal> from standard input."
1825msgstr ""
1826
1827#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1828#: apt-key.8.xml:59
1829msgid "Remove a key from the list of trusted keys."
1830msgstr ""
1831
1832#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1833#: apt-key.8.xml:70
1834msgid "Output the key &synopsis-param-keyid; to standard output."
1835msgstr ""
1836
1837#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1838#: apt-key.8.xml:81
1839msgid "Output all trusted keys to standard output."
1840msgstr ""
1841
1842#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1843#: apt-key.8.xml:92
1844msgid "List trusted keys."
1845msgstr ""
1846
1847#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1848#: apt-key.8.xml:103
1849msgid "List fingerprints of trusted keys."
1850msgstr ""
1851
1852#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1853#: apt-key.8.xml:114
1854msgid ""
1855"Pass advanced options to gpg. With adv --recv-key you can download the "
1856"public key."
1857msgstr ""
1858
1859#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1860#: apt-key.8.xml:126
1861msgid ""
1862"Update the local keyring with the archive keyring and remove from the local "
1863"keyring the archive keys which are no longer valid. The archive keyring is "
1864"shipped in the <literal>archive-keyring</literal> package of your "
1865"distribution, e.g. the &keyring-package; package in &keyring-distro;."
1866msgstr ""
1867
1868#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1869#: apt-key.8.xml:140
1870msgid ""
1871"Perform an update working similarly to the <command>update</command> command "
1872"above, but get the archive keyring from a URI instead and validate it "
1873"against a master key. This requires an installed &wget; and an APT build "
1874"configured to have a server to fetch from and a master keyring to validate. "
1875"APT in Debian does not support this command, relying on "
1876"<command>update</command> instead, but Ubuntu's APT does."
1877msgstr ""
1878
1879#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1880#: apt-key.8.xml:156 apt-cdrom.8.xml:76
1881msgid "Options"
1882msgstr ""
1883
1884#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1885#: apt-key.8.xml:157
1886msgid ""
1887"Note that options need to be defined before the commands described in the "
1888"previous section."
1889msgstr ""
1890
1891#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1892#: apt-key.8.xml:160
1893msgid ""
1894"With this option it is possible to specify a particular keyring file the "
1895"command should operate on. The default is that a command is executed on the "
1896"<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> file as well as on all parts in the "
1897"<filename>trusted.gpg.d</filename> directory, though "
1898"<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> is the primary keyring which means that "
1899"e.g. new keys are added to this one."
1900msgstr ""
1901
1902#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
1903#: apt-key.8.xml:175
1904msgid "<filename>/etc/apt/trustdb.gpg</filename>"
1905msgstr ""
1906
1907#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1908#: apt-key.8.xml:176
1909msgid "Local trust database of archive keys."
1910msgstr ""
1911
1912#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
1913#: apt-key.8.xml:179
1914msgid "&keyring-filename;"
1915msgstr ""
1916
1917#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1918#: apt-key.8.xml:180
1919msgid "Keyring of &keyring-distro; archive trusted keys."
1920msgstr ""
1921
1922#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
1923#: apt-key.8.xml:183
1924msgid "&keyring-removed-filename;"
1925msgstr ""
1926
1927#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1928#: apt-key.8.xml:184
1929msgid "Keyring of &keyring-distro; archive removed trusted keys."
1930msgstr ""
1931
1932#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1933#: apt-key.8.xml:193
1934msgid "&apt-get;, &apt-secure;"
1935msgstr ""
1936
1937#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
1938#: apt-mark.8.xml:29
1939msgid "mark/unmark a package as being automatically-installed"
1940msgstr ""
1941
1942#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1943#: apt-mark.8.xml:35
1944msgid ""
1945"<command>apt-mark</command> will change whether a package has been marked as "
1946"being automatically installed."
1947msgstr ""
1948
1949#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1950#: apt-mark.8.xml:39
1951msgid ""
1952"When you request that a package is installed, and as a result other packages "
1953"are installed to satisfy its dependencies, the dependencies are marked as "
1954"being automatically installed. Once these automatically installed packages "
1955"are no longer depended on by any manually installed packages, they will be "
1956"removed by e.g. <command>apt-get</command> or <command>aptitude</command>."
1957msgstr ""
1958
1959#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1960#: apt-mark.8.xml:48
1961msgid ""
1962"<literal>auto</literal> is used to mark a package as being automatically "
1963"installed, which will cause the package to be removed when no more manually "
1964"installed packages depend on this package."
1965msgstr ""
1966
1967#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1968#: apt-mark.8.xml:56
1969msgid ""
1970"<literal>manual</literal> is used to mark a package as being manually "
1971"installed, which will prevent the package from being automatically removed "
1972"if no other packages depend on it."
1973msgstr ""
1974
1975#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1976#: apt-mark.8.xml:64
1977msgid ""
1978"<literal>hold</literal> is used to mark a package as held back, which will "
1979"prevent the package from being automatically installed, upgraded or "
1980"removed. The command is only a wrapper around <command>dpkg "
1981"--set-selections</command> and the state is therefore maintained by &dpkg; "
1982"and not affected by the <option>--file</option> option."
1983msgstr ""
1984
1985#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1986#: apt-mark.8.xml:74
1987msgid ""
1988"<literal>unhold</literal> is used to cancel a previously set hold on a "
1989"package to allow all actions again."
1990msgstr ""
1991
1992#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1993#: apt-mark.8.xml:80
1994msgid ""
1995"<literal>showauto</literal> is used to print a list of automatically "
1996"installed packages with each package on a new line. All automatically "
1997"installed packages will be listed if no package is given. If packages are "
1998"given only those which are automatically installed will be shown."
1999msgstr ""
2000
2001#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2002#: apt-mark.8.xml:88
2003msgid ""
2004"<literal>showmanual</literal> can be used in the same way as "
2005"<literal>showauto</literal> except that it will print a list of manually "
2006"installed packages instead."
2007msgstr ""
2008
2009#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2010#: apt-mark.8.xml:95
2011msgid ""
2012"<literal>showhold</literal> is used to print a list of packages on hold in "
2013"the same way as for the other show commands."
2014msgstr ""
2015
2016#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2017#: apt-mark.8.xml:111
2018msgid ""
2019"Read/Write package stats from the filename given with the parameter "
2020"&synopsis-param-filename; instead of from the default location, which is "
2021"<filename>extended_status</filename> in the directory defined by the "
2022"Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::State</literal>."
2023msgstr ""
2024
2025#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2026#: apt-mark.8.xml:132
2027msgid ""
2028"<command>apt-mark</command> returns zero on normal operation, non-zero on "
2029"error."
2030msgstr ""
2031
2032#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
2033#: apt-secure.8.xml:43
2034msgid "Archive authentication support for APT"
2035msgstr ""
2036
2037#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2038#: apt-secure.8.xml:48
2039msgid ""
2040"Starting with version 0.6, <command>apt</command> contains code that does "
2041"signature checking of the Release file for all archives. This ensures that "
2042"packages in the archive can't be modified by people who have no access to "
2043"the Release file signing key."
2044msgstr ""
2045
2046#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2047#: apt-secure.8.xml:56
2048msgid ""
2049"If a package comes from a archive without a signature, or with a signature "
2050"that apt does not have a key for, that package is considered untrusted, and "
2051"installing it will result in a big warning. <command>apt-get</command> will "
2052"currently only warn for unsigned archives; future releases might force all "
2053"sources to be verified before downloading packages from them."
2054msgstr ""
2055
2056#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2057#: apt-secure.8.xml:65
2058msgid ""
2059"The package frontends &apt-get;, &aptitude; and &synaptic; support this new "
2060"authentication feature."
2061msgstr ""
2062
2063#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2064#: apt-secure.8.xml:70
2065msgid "Trusted archives"
2066msgstr ""
2067
2068#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2069#: apt-secure.8.xml:73
2070msgid ""
2071"The chain of trust from an apt archive to the end user is made up of several "
2072"steps. <command>apt-secure</command> is the last step in this chain; "
2073"trusting an archive does not mean that you trust its packages not to contain "
2074"malicious code, but means that you trust the archive maintainer. It's the "
2075"archive maintainer's responsibility to ensure that the archive's integrity "
2076"is preserved."
2077msgstr ""
2078
2079#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2080#: apt-secure.8.xml:81
2081msgid ""
2082"apt-secure does not review signatures at a package level. If you require "
2083"tools to do this you should look at <command>debsig-verify</command> and "
2084"<command>debsign</command> (provided in the debsig-verify and devscripts "
2085"packages respectively)."
2086msgstr ""
2087
2088#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2089#: apt-secure.8.xml:88
2090msgid ""
2091"The chain of trust in Debian starts when a maintainer uploads a new package "
2092"or a new version of a package to the Debian archive. In order to become "
2093"effective, this upload needs to be signed by a key contained in the Debian "
2094"Maintainers keyring (available in the debian-keyring package). Maintainers' "
2095"keys are signed by other maintainers following pre-established procedures to "
2096"ensure the identity of the key holder."
2097msgstr ""
2098
2099#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2100#: apt-secure.8.xml:98
2101msgid ""
2102"Once the uploaded package is verified and included in the archive, the "
2103"maintainer signature is stripped off, and checksums of the package are "
2104"computed and put in the Packages file. The checksums of all of the Packages "
2105"files are then computed and put into the Release file. The Release file is "
2106"then signed by the archive key for this &keyring-distro; release, and "
2107"distributed alongside the packages and the Packages files on "
2108"&keyring-distro; mirrors. The keys are in the &keyring-distro; archive "
2109"keyring available in the &keyring-package; package."
2110msgstr ""
2111
2112#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2113#: apt-secure.8.xml:109
2114msgid ""
2115"End users can check the signature of the Release file, extract a checksum of "
2116"a package from it and compare it with the checksum of the package they "
2117"downloaded by hand - or rely on APT doing this automatically."
2118msgstr ""
2119
2120#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2121#: apt-secure.8.xml:114
2122msgid ""
2123"Notice that this is distinct from checking signatures on a per package "
2124"basis. It is designed to prevent two possible attacks:"
2125msgstr ""
2126
2127#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2128#: apt-secure.8.xml:119
2129msgid ""
2130"<literal>Network \"man in the middle\" attacks</literal>. Without signature "
2131"checking, malicious agents can introduce themselves into the package "
2132"download process and provide malicious software either by controlling a "
2133"network element (router, switch, etc.) or by redirecting traffic to a rogue "
2134"server (through ARP or DNS spoofing attacks)."
2135msgstr ""
2136
2137#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2138#: apt-secure.8.xml:127
2139msgid ""
2140"<literal>Mirror network compromise</literal>. Without signature checking, a "
2141"malicious agent can compromise a mirror host and modify the files in it to "
2142"propagate malicious software to all users downloading packages from that "
2143"host."
2144msgstr ""
2145
2146#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2147#: apt-secure.8.xml:134
2148msgid ""
2149"However, it does not defend against a compromise of the Debian master server "
2150"itself (which signs the packages) or against a compromise of the key used to "
2151"sign the Release files. In any case, this mechanism can complement a "
2152"per-package signature."
2153msgstr ""
2154
2155#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2156#: apt-secure.8.xml:140
2157msgid "User configuration"
2158msgstr ""
2159
2160#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2161#: apt-secure.8.xml:142
2162msgid ""
2163"<command>apt-key</command> is the program that manages the list of keys used "
2164"by apt. It can be used to add or remove keys, although an installation of "
2165"this release will automatically contain the default Debian archive signing "
2166"keys used in the Debian package repositories."
2167msgstr ""
2168
2169#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2170#: apt-secure.8.xml:149
2171msgid ""
2172"In order to add a new key you need to first download it (you should make "
2173"sure you are using a trusted communication channel when retrieving it), add "
2174"it with <command>apt-key</command> and then run <command>apt-get "
2175"update</command> so that apt can download and verify the "
2176"<filename>InRelease</filename> or <filename>Release.gpg</filename> files "
2177"from the archives you have configured."
2178msgstr ""
2179
2180#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2181#: apt-secure.8.xml:158
2182msgid "Archive configuration"
2183msgstr ""
2184
2185#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2186#: apt-secure.8.xml:160
2187msgid ""
2188"If you want to provide archive signatures in an archive under your "
2189"maintenance you have to:"
2190msgstr ""
2191
2192#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2193#: apt-secure.8.xml:165
2194msgid ""
2195"<emphasis>Create a toplevel Release file</emphasis>, if it does not exist "
2196"already. You can do this by running <command>apt-ftparchive "
2197"release</command> (provided in apt-utils)."
2198msgstr ""
2199
2200#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2201#: apt-secure.8.xml:170
2202msgid ""
2203"<emphasis>Sign it</emphasis>. You can do this by running <command>gpg "
2204"--clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> and <command>gpg -abs -o "
2205"Release.gpg Release</command>."
2206msgstr ""
2207
2208#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2209#: apt-secure.8.xml:174
2210msgid ""
2211"<emphasis>Publish the key fingerprint</emphasis>, that way your users will "
2212"know what key they need to import in order to authenticate the files in the "
2213"archive."
2214msgstr ""
2215
2216#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2217#: apt-secure.8.xml:181
2218msgid ""
2219"Whenever the contents of the archive change (new packages are added or "
2220"removed) the archive maintainer has to follow the first two steps outlined "
2221"above."
2222msgstr ""
2223
2224#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2225#: apt-secure.8.xml:189
2226msgid ""
2227"&apt-conf;, &apt-get;, &sources-list;, &apt-key;, &apt-ftparchive;, "
2228"&debsign;, &debsig-verify;, &gpg;"
2229msgstr ""
2230
2231#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2232#: apt-secure.8.xml:193
2233msgid ""
2234"For more background information you might want to review the <ulink "
2235"url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/manuals/securing-debian-howto/ch7\">Debian "
2236"Security Infrastructure</ulink> chapter of the Securing Debian Manual "
2237"(available also in the harden-doc package) and the <ulink "
2238"url=\"http://www.cryptnet.net/fdp/crypto/strong_distro.html\" >Strong "
2239"Distribution HOWTO</ulink> by V. Alex Brennen."
2240msgstr ""
2241
2242#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2243#: apt-secure.8.xml:206
2244msgid "Manpage Authors"
2245msgstr ""
2246
2247#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2248#: apt-secure.8.xml:208
2249msgid ""
2250"This man-page is based on the work of Javier Fernández-Sanguino Peña, Isaac "
2251"Jones, Colin Walters, Florian Weimer and Michael Vogt."
2252msgstr ""
2253
2254#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
2255#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:28
2256msgid "APT CD-ROM management utility"
2257msgstr ""
2258
2259#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2260#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:34
2261msgid ""
2262"<command>apt-cdrom</command> is used to add a new CD-ROM to APT's list of "
2263"available sources. <command>apt-cdrom</command> takes care of determining "
2264"the structure of the disc as well as correcting for several possible "
2265"mis-burns and verifying the index files."
2266msgstr ""
2267
2268#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2269#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:41
2270msgid ""
2271"It is necessary to use <command>apt-cdrom</command> to add CDs to the APT "
2272"system; it cannot be done by hand. Furthermore each disc in a multi-CD set "
2273"must be inserted and scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns."
2274msgstr ""
2275
2276#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2277#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:52
2278msgid ""
2279"<literal>add</literal> is used to add a new disc to the source list. It will "
2280"unmount the CD-ROM device, prompt for a disc to be inserted and then proceed "
2281"to scan it and copy the index files. If the disc does not have a proper "
2282"<filename>.disk</filename> directory you will be prompted for a descriptive "
2283"title."
2284msgstr ""
2285
2286#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2287#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:60
2288msgid ""
2289"APT uses a CD-ROM ID to track which disc is currently in the drive and "
2290"maintains a database of these IDs in "
2291"<filename>&statedir;/cdroms.list</filename>"
2292msgstr ""
2293
2294#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2295#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:68
2296msgid ""
2297"A debugging tool to report the identity of the current disc as well as the "
2298"stored file name"
2299msgstr ""
2300
2301#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2302#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:81
2303msgid ""
2304"Do not try to auto-detect the CD-ROM path. Usually combined with the "
2305"<option>--cdrom</option> option. Configuration Item: "
2306"<literal>Acquire::cdrom::AutoDetect</literal>."
2307msgstr ""
2308
2309#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2310#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:89
2311msgid ""
2312"Mount point; specify the location to mount the CD-ROM. This mount point must "
2313"be listed in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> and properly configured. "
2314"Configuration Item: <literal>Acquire::cdrom::mount</literal>."
2315msgstr ""
2316
2317#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2318#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:98
2319msgid ""
2320"Rename a disc; change the label of a disc or override the disc's given "
2321"label. This option will cause <command>apt-cdrom</command> to prompt for a "
2322"new label. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::CDROM::Rename</literal>."
2323msgstr ""
2324
2325#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2326#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:107
2327msgid ""
2328"No mounting; prevent <command>apt-cdrom</command> from mounting and "
2329"unmounting the mount point. Configuration Item: "
2330"<literal>APT::CDROM::NoMount</literal>."
2331msgstr ""
2332
2333#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2334#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:115
2335msgid ""
2336"Fast Copy; Assume the package files are valid and do not check every "
2337"package. This option should be used only if <command>apt-cdrom</command> has "
2338"been run on this disc before and did not detect any errors. Configuration "
2339"Item: <literal>APT::CDROM::Fast</literal>."
2340msgstr ""
2341
2342#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2343#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:125
2344msgid ""
2345"Thorough Package Scan; This option may be needed with some old Debian "
2346"1.1/1.2 discs that have Package files in strange places. It takes much "
2347"longer to scan the CD but will pick them all up."
2348msgstr ""
2349
2350#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2351#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:136
2352msgid ""
2353"No Changes; Do not change the &sources-list; file and do not write index "
2354"files. Everything is still checked however. Configuration Item: "
2355"<literal>APT::CDROM::NoAct</literal>."
2356msgstr ""
2357
2358#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2359#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:149
2360msgid "&apt-conf;, &apt-get;, &sources-list;"
2361msgstr ""
2362
2363#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2364#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:154
2365msgid ""
2366"<command>apt-cdrom</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 "
2367"on error."
2368msgstr ""
2369
2370#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
2371#: apt-config.8.xml:29
2372msgid "APT Configuration Query program"
2373msgstr ""
2374
2375#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2376#: apt-config.8.xml:35
2377msgid ""
2378"<command>apt-config</command> is an internal program used by various "
2379"portions of the APT suite to provide consistent configurability. It accesses "
2380"the main configuration file <filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename> in a "
2381"manner that is easy to use for scripted applications."
2382msgstr ""
2383
2384#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2385#: apt-config.8.xml:47
2386msgid ""
2387"shell is used to access the configuration information from a shell "
2388"script. It is given pairs of arguments, the first being a shell variable and "
2389"the second the configuration value to query. As output it lists shell "
2390"assignment commands for each value present. In a shell script it should be "
2391"used as follows:"
2392msgstr ""
2393
2394#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informalexample><programlisting>
2395#: apt-config.8.xml:55
2396#, no-wrap
2397msgid ""
2398"OPTS=\"-f\"\n"
2399"RES=`apt-config shell OPTS MyApp::options`\n"
2400"eval $RES\n"
2401msgstr ""
2402
2403#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2404#: apt-config.8.xml:60
2405msgid ""
2406"This will set the shell environment variable $OPTS to the value of "
2407"MyApp::options with a default of <option>-f</option>."
2408msgstr ""
2409
2410#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2411#: apt-config.8.xml:64
2412msgid ""
2413"The configuration item may be postfixed with a /[fdbi]. f returns file "
2414"names, d returns directories, b returns true or false and i returns an "
2415"integer. Each of the returns is normalized and verified internally."
2416msgstr ""
2417
2418#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2419#: apt-config.8.xml:73
2420msgid "Just show the contents of the configuration space."
2421msgstr ""
2422
2423#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2424#: apt-config.8.xml:86
2425msgid ""
2426"Include options which have an empty value. This is the default, so use "
2427"--no-empty to remove them from the output."
2428msgstr ""
2429
2430#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option><replaceable>
2431#: apt-config.8.xml:91
2432msgid "&percnt;f &#x0022;&percnt;v&#x0022;;&percnt;n"
2433msgstr ""
2434
2435#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2436#: apt-config.8.xml:92
2437msgid ""
2438"Defines the output of each config option. &percnt;t will be replaced with "
2439"its individual name, &percnt;f with its full hierarchical name and &percnt;v "
2440"with its value. Use uppercase letters and special characters in the value "
2441"will be encoded to ensure that it can e.g. be safely used in a quoted-string "
2442"as defined by RFC822. Additionally &percnt;n will be replaced by a newline, "
2443"and &percnt;N by a tab. A &percnt; can be printed by using &percnt;&percnt;."
2444msgstr ""
2445
2446#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2447#: apt-config.8.xml:106 apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:67 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:60 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:604
2448msgid "&apt-conf;"
2449msgstr ""
2450
2451#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2452#: apt-config.8.xml:111
2453msgid ""
2454"<command>apt-config</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 "
2455"on error."
2456msgstr ""
2457
2458#. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><author><contrib>
2459#: apt.conf.5.xml:16
2460msgid "Initial documentation of Debug::*."
2461msgstr ""
2462
2463#. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><author><email>
2464#: apt.conf.5.xml:17
2465msgid "dburrows@debian.org"
2466msgstr ""
2467
2468#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
2469#: apt.conf.5.xml:27 apt_preferences.5.xml:21 sources.list.5.xml:22
2470msgid "5"
2471msgstr ""
2472
2473#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
2474#: apt.conf.5.xml:34
2475msgid "Configuration file for APT"
2476msgstr ""
2477
2478#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2479#: apt.conf.5.xml:38
2480msgid ""
2481"<filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename> is the main configuration file shared "
2482"by all the tools in the APT suite of tools, though it is by no means the "
2483"only place options can be set. The suite also shares a common command line "
2484"parser to provide a uniform environment."
2485msgstr ""
2486
2487#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><para>
2488#: apt.conf.5.xml:44
2489msgid ""
2490"When an APT tool starts up it will read the configuration files in the "
2491"following order:"
2492msgstr ""
2493
2494#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2495#: apt.conf.5.xml:46
2496msgid ""
2497"the file specified by the <envar>APT_CONFIG</envar> environment variable (if "
2498"any)"
2499msgstr ""
2500
2501#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2502#: apt.conf.5.xml:48
2503msgid ""
2504"all files in <literal>Dir::Etc::Parts</literal> in alphanumeric ascending "
2505"order which have either no or \"<literal>conf</literal>\" as filename "
2506"extension and which only contain alphanumeric, hyphen (-), underscore (_) "
2507"and period (.) characters. Otherwise APT will print a notice that it has "
2508"ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the "
2509"<literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which "
2510"case it will be silently ignored."
2511msgstr ""
2512
2513#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2514#: apt.conf.5.xml:55
2515msgid "the main configuration file specified by <literal>Dir::Etc::main</literal>"
2516msgstr ""
2517
2518#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2519#: apt.conf.5.xml:57
2520msgid ""
2521"the command line options are applied to override the configuration "
2522"directives or to load even more configuration files."
2523msgstr ""
2524
2525#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2526#: apt.conf.5.xml:61
2527msgid "Syntax"
2528msgstr ""
2529
2530#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2531#: apt.conf.5.xml:62
2532msgid ""
2533"The configuration file is organized in a tree with options organized into "
2534"functional groups. Option specification is given with a double colon "
2535"notation; for instance <literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal> is an option "
2536"within the APT tool group, for the Get tool. Options do not inherit from "
2537"their parent groups."
2538msgstr ""
2539
2540#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2541#: apt.conf.5.xml:68
2542msgid ""
2543"Syntactically the configuration language is modeled after what the ISC tools "
2544"such as bind and dhcp use. Lines starting with <literal>//</literal> are "
2545"treated as comments (ignored), as well as all text between "
2546"<literal>/*</literal> and <literal>*/</literal>, just like C/C++ comments. "
2547"Each line is of the form <literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes \"true\";</literal>. "
2548"The quotation marks and trailing semicolon are required. The value must be "
2549"on one line, and there is no kind of string concatenation. Values must not "
2550"include backslashes or extra quotation marks. Option names are made up of "
2551"alphanumeric characters and the characters \"/-:._+\". A new scope can be "
2552"opened with curly braces, like this:"
2553msgstr ""
2554
2555#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><informalexample><programlisting>
2556#: apt.conf.5.xml:81
2557#, no-wrap
2558msgid ""
2559"APT {\n"
2560" Get {\n"
2561" Assume-Yes \"true\";\n"
2562" Fix-Broken \"true\";\n"
2563" };\n"
2564"};\n"
2565msgstr ""
2566
2567#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2568#: apt.conf.5.xml:89
2569msgid ""
2570"with newlines placed to make it more readable. Lists can be created by "
2571"opening a scope and including a single string enclosed in quotes followed by "
2572"a semicolon. Multiple entries can be included, separated by a semicolon."
2573msgstr ""
2574
2575#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><informalexample><programlisting>
2576#: apt.conf.5.xml:94
2577#, no-wrap
2578msgid "DPkg::Pre-Install-Pkgs {\"/usr/sbin/dpkg-preconfigure --apt\";};\n"
2579msgstr ""
2580
2581#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2582#: apt.conf.5.xml:97
2583msgid ""
2584"In general the sample configuration file &configureindex; is a good guide "
2585"for how it should look."
2586msgstr ""
2587
2588#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2589#: apt.conf.5.xml:100
2590msgid ""
2591"Case is not significant in names of configuration items, so in the previous "
2592"example you could use <literal>dpkg::pre-install-pkgs</literal>."
2593msgstr ""
2594
2595#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2596#: apt.conf.5.xml:103
2597msgid ""
2598"Names for the configuration items are optional if a list is defined as can "
2599"be seen in the <literal>DPkg::Pre-Install-Pkgs</literal> example above. If "
2600"you don't specify a name a new entry will simply add a new option to the "
2601"list. If you specify a name you can override the option in the same way as "
2602"any other option by reassigning a new value to the option."
2603msgstr ""
2604
2605#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2606#: apt.conf.5.xml:108
2607msgid ""
2608"Two special commands are defined: <literal>#include</literal> (which is "
2609"deprecated and not supported by alternative implementations) and "
2610"<literal>#clear</literal>. <literal>#include</literal> will include the "
2611"given file, unless the filename ends in a slash, in which case the whole "
2612"directory is included. <literal>#clear</literal> is used to erase a part of "
2613"the configuration tree. The specified element and all its descendants are "
2614"erased. (Note that these lines also need to end with a semicolon.)"
2615msgstr ""
2616
2617#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2618#: apt.conf.5.xml:118
2619msgid ""
2620"The <literal>#clear</literal> command is the only way to delete a list or a "
2621"complete scope. Reopening a scope (or using the syntax described below with "
2622"an appended <literal>::</literal>) will <emphasis>not</emphasis> override "
2623"previously written entries. Options can only be overridden by addressing a "
2624"new value to them - lists and scopes can't be overridden, only cleared."
2625msgstr ""
2626
2627#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2628#: apt.conf.5.xml:126
2629msgid ""
2630"All of the APT tools take an -o option which allows an arbitrary "
2631"configuration directive to be specified on the command line. The syntax is a "
2632"full option name (<literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal> for instance) "
2633"followed by an equals sign then the new value of the option. To append a new "
2634"element to a list, add a trailing <literal>::</literal> to the name of the "
2635"list. (As you might suspect, the scope syntax can't be used on the command "
2636"line.)"
2637msgstr ""
2638
2639#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2640#: apt.conf.5.xml:134
2641msgid ""
2642"Note that appending items to a list using <literal>::</literal> only works "
2643"for one item per line, and that you should not use it in combination with "
2644"the scope syntax (which adds <literal>::</literal> implicitly). Using both "
2645"syntaxes together will trigger a bug which some users unfortunately depend "
2646"on: an option with the unusual name \"<literal>::</literal>\" which acts "
2647"like every other option with a name. This introduces many problems; for one "
2648"thing, users who write multiple lines in this <emphasis>wrong</emphasis> "
2649"syntax in the hope of appending to a list will achieve the opposite, as only "
2650"the last assignment for this option \"<literal>::</literal>\" will be "
2651"used. Future versions of APT will raise errors and stop working if they "
2652"encounter this misuse, so please correct such statements now while APT "
2653"doesn't explicitly complain about them."
2654msgstr ""
2655
2656#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2657#: apt.conf.5.xml:149
2658msgid "The APT Group"
2659msgstr ""
2660
2661#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2662#: apt.conf.5.xml:150
2663msgid ""
2664"This group of options controls general APT behavior as well as holding the "
2665"options for all of the tools."
2666msgstr ""
2667
2668#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2669#: apt.conf.5.xml:155
2670msgid ""
2671"System Architecture; sets the architecture to use when fetching files and "
2672"parsing package lists. The internal default is the architecture apt was "
2673"compiled for."
2674msgstr ""
2675
2676#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2677#: apt.conf.5.xml:162
2678msgid ""
2679"All Architectures the system supports. For instance, CPUs implementing the "
2680"<literal>amd64</literal> (also called <literal>x86-64</literal>) "
2681"instruction set are also able to execute binaries compiled for the "
2682"<literal>i386</literal> (<literal>x86</literal>) instruction set. This list "
2683"is used when fetching files and parsing package lists. The initial default "
2684"is always the system's native architecture "
2685"(<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>), and foreign architectures are added "
2686"to the default list when they are registered via <command>dpkg "
2687"--add-architecture</command>."
2688msgstr ""
2689
2690#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2691#: apt.conf.5.xml:176
2692msgid ""
2693"List of all build profiles enabled for build-dependency resolution, without "
2694"the \"<literal>profile.</literal>\" namespace prefix. By default this list "
2695"is empty. The <envar>DEB_BUILD_PROFILES</envar> as used by "
2696"&dpkg-buildpackage; overrides the list notation."
2697msgstr ""
2698
2699#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2700#: apt.conf.5.xml:184
2701msgid ""
2702"Default release to install packages from if more than one version is "
2703"available. Contains release name, codename or release version. Examples: "
2704"'stable', 'testing', 'unstable', '&stable-codename;', '&testing-codename;', "
2705"'4.0', '5.0*'. See also &apt-preferences;."
2706msgstr ""
2707
2708#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2709#: apt.conf.5.xml:190
2710msgid ""
2711"Ignore held packages; this global option causes the problem resolver to "
2712"ignore held packages in its decision making."
2713msgstr ""
2714
2715#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2716#: apt.conf.5.xml:195
2717msgid ""
2718"Defaults to on. When turned on the autoclean feature will remove any "
2719"packages which can no longer be downloaded from the cache. If turned off "
2720"then packages that are locally installed are also excluded from cleaning - "
2721"but note that APT provides no direct means to reinstall them."
2722msgstr ""
2723
2724#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2725#: apt.conf.5.xml:203
2726msgid ""
2727"Defaults to on, which will cause APT to install essential and important "
2728"packages as soon as possible in an install/upgrade operation, in order to "
2729"limit the effect of a failing &dpkg; call. If this option is disabled, APT "
2730"treats an important package in the same way as an extra package: between the "
2731"unpacking of the package A and its configuration there can be many other "
2732"unpack or configuration calls for other unrelated packages B, C etc. If "
2733"these cause the &dpkg; call to fail (e.g. because package B's maintainer "
2734"scripts generate an error), this results in a system state in which package "
2735"A is unpacked but unconfigured - so any package depending on A is now no "
2736"longer guaranteed to work, as its dependency on A is no longer satisfied."
2737msgstr ""
2738
2739#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2740#: apt.conf.5.xml:215
2741msgid ""
2742"The immediate configuration marker is also applied in the potentially "
2743"problematic case of circular dependencies, since a dependency with the "
2744"immediate flag is equivalent to a Pre-Dependency. In theory this allows APT "
2745"to recognise a situation in which it is unable to perform immediate "
2746"configuration, abort, and suggest to the user that the option should be "
2747"temporarily deactivated in order to allow the operation to proceed. Note "
2748"the use of the word \"theory\" here; in the real world this problem has "
2749"rarely been encountered, in non-stable distribution versions, and was caused "
2750"by wrong dependencies of the package in question or by a system in an "
2751"already broken state; so you should not blindly disable this option, as the "
2752"scenario mentioned above is not the only problem it can help to prevent in "
2753"the first place."
2754msgstr ""
2755
2756#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2757#: apt.conf.5.xml:228
2758msgid ""
2759"Before a big operation like <literal>dist-upgrade</literal> is run with this "
2760"option disabled you should try to explicitly <literal>install</literal> the "
2761"package APT is unable to configure immediately; but please make sure you "
2762"also report your problem to your distribution and to the APT team with the "
2763"buglink below, so they can work on improving or correcting the upgrade "
2764"process."
2765msgstr ""
2766
2767#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2768#: apt.conf.5.xml:239
2769msgid ""
2770"Never enable this option unless you <emphasis>really</emphasis> know what "
2771"you are doing. It permits APT to temporarily remove an essential package to "
2772"break a Conflicts/Conflicts or Conflicts/Pre-Depends loop between two "
2773"essential packages. <emphasis>Such a loop should never exist and is a grave "
2774"bug</emphasis>. This option will work if the essential packages are not "
2775"<command>tar</command>, <command>gzip</command>, <command>libc</command>, "
2776"<command>dpkg</command>, <command>dash</command> or anything that those "
2777"packages depend on."
2778msgstr ""
2779
2780#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2781#: apt.conf.5.xml:251
2782msgid ""
2783"APT uses since version 0.7.26 a resizable memory mapped cache file to store "
2784"the available information. <literal>Cache-Start</literal> acts as a hint of "
2785"the size the cache will grow to, and is therefore the amount of memory APT "
2786"will request at startup. The default value is 20971520 bytes (~20 MB). Note "
2787"that this amount of space needs to be available for APT; otherwise it will "
2788"likely fail ungracefully, so for memory restricted devices this value should "
2789"be lowered while on systems with a lot of configured sources it should be "
2790"increased. <literal>Cache-Grow</literal> defines in bytes with the default "
2791"of 1048576 (~1 MB) how much the cache size will be increased in the event "
2792"the space defined by <literal>Cache-Start</literal> is not enough. This "
2793"value will be applied again and again until either the cache is big enough "
2794"to store all information or the size of the cache reaches the "
2795"<literal>Cache-Limit</literal>. The default of "
2796"<literal>Cache-Limit</literal> is 0 which stands for no limit. If "
2797"<literal>Cache-Grow</literal> is set to 0 the automatic growth of the cache "
2798"is disabled."
2799msgstr ""
2800
2801#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2802#: apt.conf.5.xml:267
2803msgid "Defines which packages are considered essential build dependencies."
2804msgstr ""
2805
2806#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2807#: apt.conf.5.xml:271
2808msgid ""
2809"The Get subsection controls the &apt-get; tool; please see its documentation "
2810"for more information about the options here."
2811msgstr ""
2812
2813#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2814#: apt.conf.5.xml:276
2815msgid ""
2816"The Cache subsection controls the &apt-cache; tool; please see its "
2817"documentation for more information about the options here."
2818msgstr ""
2819
2820#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2821#: apt.conf.5.xml:281
2822msgid ""
2823"The CDROM subsection controls the &apt-cdrom; tool; please see its "
2824"documentation for more information about the options here."
2825msgstr ""
2826
2827#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2828#: apt.conf.5.xml:287
2829msgid "The Acquire Group"
2830msgstr ""
2831
2832#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2833#: apt.conf.5.xml:288
2834msgid ""
2835"The <literal>Acquire</literal> group of options controls the download of "
2836"packages as well as the various \"acquire methods\" responsible for the "
2837"download itself (see also &sources-list;)."
2838msgstr ""
2839
2840#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2841#: apt.conf.5.xml:295
2842msgid ""
2843"Security related option defaulting to true, as giving a Release file's "
2844"validation an expiration date prevents replay attacks over a long timescale, "
2845"and can also for example help users to identify mirrors that are no longer "
2846"updated - but the feature depends on the correctness of the clock on the "
2847"user system. Archive maintainers are encouraged to create Release files with "
2848"the <literal>Valid-Until</literal> header, but if they don't or a stricter "
2849"value is desired the <literal>Max-ValidTime</literal> option below can be "
2850"used. The <option>Check-Valid-Until</option> option of &sources-list; "
2851"entries should be preferred to disable the check selectively instead of "
2852"using this global override."
2853msgstr ""
2854
2855#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2856#: apt.conf.5.xml:310
2857msgid ""
2858"Maximum time (in seconds) after its creation (as indicated by the "
2859"<literal>Date</literal> header) that the <filename>Release</filename> file "
2860"should be considered valid. If the Release file itself includes a "
2861"<literal>Valid-Until</literal> header the earlier date of the two is used as "
2862"the expiration date. The default value is <literal>0</literal> which stands "
2863"for \"valid forever\". Archive specific settings can be made by appending "
2864"the label of the archive to the option name. Preferably, the same can be "
2865"achieved for specific &sources-list; entries by using the "
2866"<option>Valid-Until-Max</option> option there."
2867msgstr ""
2868
2869#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2870#: apt.conf.5.xml:323
2871msgid ""
2872"Minimum time (in seconds) after its creation (as indicated by the "
2873"<literal>Date</literal> header) that the <filename>Release</filename> file "
2874"should be considered valid. Use this if you need to use a seldom updated "
2875"(local) mirror of a more frequently updated archive with a "
2876"<literal>Valid-Until</literal> header instead of completely disabling the "
2877"expiration date checking. Archive specific settings can and should be used "
2878"by appending the label of the archive to the option name. Preferably, the "
2879"same can be achieved for specific &sources-list; entries by using the "
2880"<option>Valid-Until-Min</option> option there."
2881msgstr ""
2882
2883#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2884#: apt.conf.5.xml:336
2885msgid ""
2886"Try to download deltas called <literal>PDiffs</literal> for indexes (like "
2887"<filename>Packages</filename> files) instead of downloading whole ones. True "
2888"by default. Preferably, this can be set for specific &sources-list; entries "
2889"or index files by using the <option>PDiffs</option> option there."
2890msgstr ""
2891
2892#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2893#: apt.conf.5.xml:341
2894msgid ""
2895"Two sub-options to limit the use of PDiffs are also available: "
2896"<literal>FileLimit</literal> can be used to specify a maximum number of "
2897"PDiff files should be downloaded to update a "
2898"file. <literal>SizeLimit</literal> on the other hand is the maximum "
2899"percentage of the size of all patches compared to the size of the targeted "
2900"file. If one of these limits is exceeded the complete file is downloaded "
2901"instead of the patches."
2902msgstr ""
2903
2904#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2905#: apt.conf.5.xml:351
2906msgid ""
2907"Queuing mode; <literal>Queue-Mode</literal> can be one of "
2908"<literal>host</literal> or <literal>access</literal> which determines how "
2909"APT parallelizes outgoing connections. <literal>host</literal> means that "
2910"one connection per target host will be opened, <literal>access</literal> "
2911"means that one connection per URI type will be opened."
2912msgstr ""
2913
2914#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2915#: apt.conf.5.xml:359
2916msgid ""
2917"Number of retries to perform. If this is non-zero APT will retry failed "
2918"files the given number of times."
2919msgstr ""
2920
2921#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2922#: apt.conf.5.xml:364
2923msgid ""
2924"Use symlinks for source archives. If set to true then source archives will "
2925"be symlinked when possible instead of copying. True is the default."
2926msgstr ""
2927
2928#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2929#: apt.conf.5.xml:369
2930msgid ""
2931"<literal>http::Proxy</literal> sets the default proxy to use for HTTP "
2932"URIs. It is in the standard form of "
2933"<literal>http://[[user][:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>. Per host proxies "
2934"can also be specified by using the form "
2935"<literal>http::Proxy::&lt;host&gt;</literal> with the special keyword "
2936"<literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If no one of the above "
2937"settings is specified, <envar>http_proxy</envar> environment variable will "
2938"be used."
2939msgstr ""
2940
2941#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2942#: apt.conf.5.xml:377
2943msgid ""
2944"Three settings are provided for cache control with HTTP/1.1 compliant proxy "
2945"caches. <literal>No-Cache</literal> tells the proxy not to use its cached "
2946"response under any circumstances. <literal>Max-Age</literal> sets the "
2947"allowed maximum age (in seconds) of an index file in the cache of the "
2948"proxy. <literal>No-Store</literal> specifies that the proxy should not "
2949"store the requested archive files in its cache, which can be used to prevent "
2950"the proxy from polluting its cache with (big) .deb files."
2951msgstr ""
2952
2953#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2954#: apt.conf.5.xml:387 apt.conf.5.xml:475
2955msgid ""
2956"The option <literal>timeout</literal> sets the timeout timer used by the "
2957"method; this value applies to the connection as well as the data timeout."
2958msgstr ""
2959
2960#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2961#: apt.conf.5.xml:390
2962msgid ""
2963"The setting <literal>Acquire::http::Pipeline-Depth</literal> can be used to "
2964"enable HTTP pipelining (RFC 2616 section 8.1.2.2) which can be beneficial "
2965"e.g. on high-latency connections. It specifies how many requests are sent in "
2966"a pipeline. APT tries to detect and workaround misbehaving webservers and "
2967"proxies at runtime, but if you know that yours does not conform to the "
2968"HTTP/1.1 specification pipelining can be disabled by setting the value to "
2969"0. It is enabled by default with the value 10."
2970msgstr ""
2971
2972#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2973#: apt.conf.5.xml:397
2974msgid ""
2975"<literal>Acquire::http::AllowRedirect</literal> controls whether APT will "
2976"follow redirects, which is enabled by default."
2977msgstr ""
2978
2979#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2980#: apt.conf.5.xml:400
2981msgid ""
2982"The used bandwidth can be limited with "
2983"<literal>Acquire::http::Dl-Limit</literal> which accepts integer values in "
2984"kilobytes per second. The default value is 0 which deactivates the limit and "
2985"tries to use all available bandwidth. Note that this option implicitly "
2986"disables downloading from multiple servers at the same time."
2987msgstr ""
2988
2989#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2990#: apt.conf.5.xml:407
2991msgid ""
2992"<literal>Acquire::http::User-Agent</literal> can be used to set a different "
2993"User-Agent for the http download method as some proxies allow access for "
2994"clients only if the client uses a known identifier."
2995msgstr ""
2996
2997#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2998#: apt.conf.5.xml:411
2999msgid ""
3000"<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy-Auto-Detect</literal> can be used to specify "
3001"an external command to discover the http proxy to use. Apt expects the "
3002"command to output the proxy on stdout in the style "
3003"<literal>http://proxy:port/</literal>. This will override the generic "
3004"<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy</literal> but not any specific host proxy "
3005"configuration set via <literal>Acquire::http::Proxy::$HOST</literal>. See "
3006"the &squid-deb-proxy-client; package for an example implementation that uses "
3007"avahi. This option takes precedence over the legacy option name "
3008"<literal>ProxyAutoDetect</literal>."
3009msgstr ""
3010
3011#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3012#: apt.conf.5.xml:429
3013msgid ""
3014"The <literal>Cache-control</literal>, <literal>Timeout</literal>, "
3015"<literal>AllowRedirect</literal>, <literal>Dl-Limit</literal> and "
3016"<literal>proxy</literal> options work for HTTPS URIs in the same way as for "
3017"the <literal>http</literal> method, and default to the same values if they "
3018"are not explicitly set. The <literal>Pipeline-Depth</literal> option is not "
3019"yet supported."
3020msgstr ""
3021
3022#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3023#: apt.conf.5.xml:437
3024msgid ""
3025"<literal>CaInfo</literal> suboption specifies place of file that holds info "
3026"about trusted certificates. <literal>&lt;host&gt;::CaInfo</literal> is the "
3027"corresponding per-host option. <literal>Verify-Peer</literal> boolean "
3028"suboption determines whether or not the server's host certificate should be "
3029"verified against trusted certificates. "
3030"<literal>&lt;host&gt;::Verify-Peer</literal> is the corresponding per-host "
3031"option. <literal>Verify-Host</literal> boolean suboption determines whether "
3032"or not the server's hostname should be verified. "
3033"<literal>&lt;host&gt;::Verify-Host</literal> is the corresponding per-host "
3034"option. <literal>SslCert</literal> determines what certificate to use for "
3035"client authentication. <literal>&lt;host&gt;::SslCert</literal> is the "
3036"corresponding per-host option. <literal>SslKey</literal> determines what "
3037"private key to use for client "
3038"authentication. <literal>&lt;host&gt;::SslKey</literal> is the corresponding "
3039"per-host option. <literal>SslForceVersion</literal> overrides default SSL "
3040"version to use. It can contain either of the strings "
3041"'<literal>TLSv1</literal>' or '<literal>SSLv3</literal>'. "
3042"<literal>&lt;host&gt;::SslForceVersion</literal> is the corresponding "
3043"per-host option."
3044msgstr ""
3045
3046#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3047#: apt.conf.5.xml:458
3048msgid ""
3049"<literal>ftp::Proxy</literal> sets the default proxy to use for FTP URIs. "
3050"It is in the standard form of "
3051"<literal>ftp://[[user][:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can "
3052"also be specified by using the form "
3053"<literal>ftp::Proxy::&lt;host&gt;</literal> with the special keyword "
3054"<literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If no one of the above "
3055"settings is specified, <envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment variable will be "
3056"used. To use an FTP proxy you will have to set the "
3057"<literal>ftp::ProxyLogin</literal> script in the configuration file. This "
3058"entry specifies the commands to send to tell the proxy server what to "
3059"connect to. Please see &configureindex; for an example of how to do "
3060"this. The substitution variables representing the corresponding URI "
3061"component are <literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal>, "
3062"<literal>$(PROXY_PASS)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal>, "
3063"<literal>$(SITE_PASS)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE)</literal> and "
3064"<literal>$(SITE_PORT)</literal>."
3065msgstr ""
3066
3067#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3068#: apt.conf.5.xml:478
3069msgid ""
3070"Several settings are provided to control passive mode. Generally it is safe "
3071"to leave passive mode on; it works in nearly every environment. However, "
3072"some situations require that passive mode be disabled and port mode FTP used "
3073"instead. This can be done globally or for connections that go through a "
3074"proxy or for a specific host (see the sample config file for examples)."
3075msgstr ""
3076
3077#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3078#: apt.conf.5.xml:485
3079msgid ""
3080"It is possible to proxy FTP over HTTP by setting the "
3081"<envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment variable to an HTTP URL - see the "
3082"discussion of the http method above for syntax. You cannot set this in the "
3083"configuration file and it is not recommended to use FTP over HTTP due to its "
3084"low efficiency."
3085msgstr ""
3086
3087#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3088#: apt.conf.5.xml:490
3089msgid ""
3090"The setting <literal>ForceExtended</literal> controls the use of RFC2428 "
3091"<literal>EPSV</literal> and <literal>EPRT</literal> commands. The default is "
3092"false, which means these commands are only used if the control connection is "
3093"IPv6. Setting this to true forces their use even on IPv4 connections. Note "
3094"that most FTP servers do not support RFC2428."
3095msgstr ""
3096
3097#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><literallayout>
3098#: apt.conf.5.xml:504
3099#, no-wrap
3100msgid "/cdrom/::Mount \"foo\";"
3101msgstr ""
3102
3103#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3104#: apt.conf.5.xml:499
3105msgid ""
3106"For URIs using the <literal>cdrom</literal> method, the only configurable "
3107"option is the mount point, <literal>cdrom::Mount</literal>, which must be "
3108"the mount point for the CD-ROM (or DVD, or whatever) drive as specified in "
3109"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. It is possible to provide alternate mount "
3110"and unmount commands if your mount point cannot be listed in the fstab. The "
3111"syntax is to put <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> within the "
3112"<literal>cdrom</literal> block. It is important to have the trailing slash. "
3113"Unmount commands can be specified using UMount."
3114msgstr ""
3115
3116#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3117#: apt.conf.5.xml:512
3118msgid ""
3119"For GPGV URIs the only configurable option is "
3120"<literal>gpgv::Options</literal>, which passes additional parameters to "
3121"gpgv."
3122msgstr ""
3123
3124#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><synopsis>
3125#: apt.conf.5.xml:523
3126#, no-wrap
3127msgid ""
3128"Acquire::CompressionTypes::<replaceable>FileExtension</replaceable> "
3129"\"<replaceable>Methodname</replaceable>\";"
3130msgstr ""
3131
3132#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3133#: apt.conf.5.xml:518
3134msgid ""
3135"List of compression types which are understood by the acquire methods. "
3136"Files like <filename>Packages</filename> can be available in various "
3137"compression formats. By default the acquire methods can decompress "
3138"<command>bzip2</command>, <command>lzma</command> and "
3139"<command>gzip</command> compressed files; with this setting more formats can "
3140"be added on the fly or the used method can be changed. The syntax for this "
3141"is: <placeholder type=\"synopsis\" id=\"0\"/>"
3142msgstr ""
3143
3144#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><synopsis>
3145#: apt.conf.5.xml:528
3146#, no-wrap
3147msgid "Acquire::CompressionTypes::Order:: \"gz\";"
3148msgstr ""
3149
3150#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><synopsis>
3151#: apt.conf.5.xml:531
3152#, no-wrap
3153msgid "Acquire::CompressionTypes::Order { \"lzma\"; \"gz\"; };"
3154msgstr ""
3155
3156#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3157#: apt.conf.5.xml:524
3158msgid ""
3159"Also, the <literal>Order</literal> subgroup can be used to define in which "
3160"order the acquire system will try to download the compressed files. The "
3161"acquire system will try the first and proceed with the next compression type "
3162"in this list on error, so to prefer one over the other type simply add the "
3163"preferred type first - default types not already added will be implicitly "
3164"appended to the end of the list, so e.g. <placeholder type=\"synopsis\" "
3165"id=\"0\"/> can be used to prefer <command>gzip</command> compressed files "
3166"over <command>bzip2</command> and <command>lzma</command>. If "
3167"<command>lzma</command> should be preferred over <command>gzip</command> and "
3168"<command>bzip2</command> the configure setting should look like this: "
3169"<placeholder type=\"synopsis\" id=\"1\"/> It is not needed to add "
3170"<literal>bz2</literal> to the list explicitly as it will be added "
3171"automatically."
3172msgstr ""
3173
3174#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><literallayout>
3175#: apt.conf.5.xml:538
3176#, no-wrap
3177msgid "Dir::Bin::bzip2 \"/bin/bzip2\";"
3178msgstr ""
3179
3180#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3181#: apt.conf.5.xml:533
3182msgid ""
3183"Note that the "
3184"<literal>Dir::Bin::<replaceable>Methodname</replaceable></literal> will be "
3185"checked at run time. If this option has been set, the method will only be "
3186"used if this file exists; e.g. for the <literal>bzip2</literal> method (the "
3187"inbuilt) setting is: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> Note "
3188"also that list entries specified on the command line will be added at the "
3189"end of the list specified in the configuration files, but before the default "
3190"entries. To prefer a type in this case over the ones specified in the "
3191"configuration files you can set the option direct - not in list style. This "
3192"will not override the defined list; it will only prefix the list with this "
3193"type."
3194msgstr ""
3195
3196#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3197#: apt.conf.5.xml:543
3198msgid ""
3199"The special type <literal>uncompressed</literal> can be used to give "
3200"uncompressed files a preference, but note that most archives don't provide "
3201"uncompressed files so this is mostly only useable for local mirrors."
3202msgstr ""
3203
3204#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3205#: apt.conf.5.xml:550
3206msgid ""
3207"When downloading <literal>gzip</literal> compressed indexes (Packages, "
3208"Sources, or Translations), keep them gzip compressed locally instead of "
3209"unpacking them. This saves quite a lot of disk space at the expense of more "
3210"CPU requirements when building the local package caches. False by default."
3211msgstr ""
3212
3213#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3214#: apt.conf.5.xml:558
3215msgid ""
3216"The Languages subsection controls which <filename>Translation</filename> "
3217"files are downloaded and in which order APT tries to display the "
3218"description-translations. APT will try to display the first available "
3219"description in the language which is listed first. Languages can be defined "
3220"with their short or long language codes. Note that not all archives provide "
3221"<filename>Translation</filename> files for every language - the long "
3222"language codes are especially rare."
3223msgstr ""
3224
3225#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
3226#: apt.conf.5.xml:575
3227#, no-wrap
3228msgid "Acquire::Languages { \"environment\"; \"de\"; \"en\"; \"none\"; \"fr\"; };"
3229msgstr ""
3230
3231#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3232#: apt.conf.5.xml:563
3233msgid ""
3234"The default list includes \"environment\" and "
3235"\"en\". \"<literal>environment</literal>\" has a special meaning here: it "
3236"will be replaced at runtime with the language codes extracted from the "
3237"<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> environment variable. It will also ensure "
3238"that these codes are not included twice in the list. If "
3239"<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> is set to \"C\" only the "
3240"<filename>Translation-en</filename> file (if available) will be used. To "
3241"force APT to use no Translation file use the setting "
3242"<literal>Acquire::Languages=none</literal>. \"<literal>none</literal>\" is "
3243"another special meaning code which will stop the search for a suitable "
3244"<filename>Translation</filename> file. This tells APT to download these "
3245"translations too, without actually using them unless the environment "
3246"specifies the languages. So the following example configuration will result "
3247"in the order \"en, de\" in an English locale or \"de, en\" in a German "
3248"one. Note that \"fr\" is downloaded, but not used unless APT is used in a "
3249"French locale (where the order would be \"fr, de, en\"). <placeholder "
3250"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
3251msgstr ""
3252
3253#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3254#: apt.conf.5.xml:576
3255msgid ""
3256"Note: To prevent problems resulting from APT being executed in different "
3257"environments (e.g. by different users or by other programs) all Translation "
3258"files which are found in <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists/</filename> will be "
3259"added to the end of the list (after an implicit "
3260"\"<literal>none</literal>\")."
3261msgstr ""
3262
3263#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3264#: apt.conf.5.xml:585
3265msgid "When downloading, force to use only the IPv4 protocol."
3266msgstr ""
3267
3268#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3269#: apt.conf.5.xml:591
3270msgid "When downloading, force to use only the IPv6 protocol."
3271msgstr ""
3272
3273#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3274#: apt.conf.5.xml:597
3275msgid ""
3276"The maximum file size of Release/Release.gpg/InRelease files. The default "
3277"is 10MB."
3278msgstr ""
3279
3280#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3281#: apt.conf.5.xml:604
3282msgid ""
3283"This option controls if apt will use the DNS SRV server record as specified "
3284"in RFC 2782 to select an alternative server to connect to. The default is "
3285"\"true\"."
3286msgstr ""
3287
3288#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3289#: apt.conf.5.xml:613
3290msgid ""
3291"Allow the update operation to load data files from a repository without a "
3292"trusted signature. If enabled this option no data files will be loaded and "
3293"the update operation fails with a error for this source. The default is "
3294"false for backward compatibility. This will be changed in the future."
3295msgstr ""
3296
3297#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3298#: apt.conf.5.xml:624
3299msgid ""
3300"Allow that a repository that was previously gpg signed to become unsigned "
3301"durign a update operation. When there is no valid signature of a perviously "
3302"trusted repository apt will refuse the update. This option can be used to "
3303"override this protection. You almost certainly never want to enable "
3304"this. The default is false. Note that apt will still consider packages from "
3305"this source untrusted and warn about them if you try to install them."
3306msgstr ""
3307
3308#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
3309#: apt.conf.5.xml:636
3310msgid "scope"
3311msgstr ""
3312
3313#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3314#: apt.conf.5.xml:638
3315msgid ""
3316"Acquiring changelogs can only be done if an URI is known from where to get "
3317"them. Preferable the Release file indicates this in a 'Changelogs' "
3318"field. If this isn't available the Label/Origin field of the Release file is "
3319"used to check if a "
3320"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> "
3321"or "
3322"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> "
3323"option exists and if so this value is taken. The value in the Release file "
3324"can be overridden with "
3325"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> "
3326"or "
3327"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal>. "
3328"The value should be a normal URI to a text file, expect that package "
3329"specific data is replaced with the placeholder "
3330"<literal>CHANGEPATH</literal>. The value for it is: 1. if the package is "
3331"from a component (e.g. <literal>main</literal>) this is the first part "
3332"otherwise it is omitted, 2. the first letter of source package name, expect "
3333"if the source package name starts with '<literal>lib</literal>' in which "
3334"case it will be the first four letters. 3. The complete source package "
3335"name. 4. the complete name again and 5. the source version. The first (if "
3336"present), second, third and fourth part are separated by a slash "
3337"('<literal>/</literal>') and between the fourth and fifth part is an "
3338"underscore ('<literal>_</literal>'). The special value "
3339"'<literal>no</literal>' is available for this option indicating that this "
3340"source can't be used to acquire changelog files from. Another source will be "
3341"tried if available in this case."
3342msgstr ""
3343
3344#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3345#: apt.conf.5.xml:666
3346msgid "Directories"
3347msgstr ""
3348
3349#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3350#: apt.conf.5.xml:668
3351msgid ""
3352"The <literal>Dir::State</literal> section has directories that pertain to "
3353"local state information. <literal>lists</literal> is the directory to place "
3354"downloaded package lists in and <literal>status</literal> is the name of the "
3355"&dpkg; status file. <literal>preferences</literal> is the name of the APT "
3356"<filename>preferences</filename> file. <literal>Dir::State</literal> "
3357"contains the default directory to prefix on all sub-items if they do not "
3358"start with <filename>/</filename> or <filename>./</filename>."
3359msgstr ""
3360
3361#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3362#: apt.conf.5.xml:675
3363msgid ""
3364"<literal>Dir::Cache</literal> contains locations pertaining to local cache "
3365"information, such as the two package caches <literal>srcpkgcache</literal> "
3366"and <literal>pkgcache</literal> as well as the location to place downloaded "
3367"archives, <literal>Dir::Cache::archives</literal>. Generation of caches can "
3368"be turned off by setting <literal>pkgcache</literal> or "
3369"<literal>srcpkgcache</literal> to <literal>\"\"</literal>. This will slow "
3370"down startup but save disk space. It is probably preferable to turn off the "
3371"pkgcache rather than the srcpkgcache. Like <literal>Dir::State</literal> "
3372"the default directory is contained in <literal>Dir::Cache</literal>"
3373msgstr ""
3374
3375#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3376#: apt.conf.5.xml:685
3377msgid ""
3378"<literal>Dir::Etc</literal> contains the location of configuration files, "
3379"<literal>sourcelist</literal> gives the location of the sourcelist and "
3380"<literal>main</literal> is the default configuration file (setting has no "
3381"effect, unless it is done from the config file specified by "
3382"<envar>APT_CONFIG</envar>)."
3383msgstr ""
3384
3385#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3386#: apt.conf.5.xml:691
3387msgid ""
3388"The <literal>Dir::Parts</literal> setting reads in all the config fragments "
3389"in lexical order from the directory specified. After this is done then the "
3390"main config file is loaded."
3391msgstr ""
3392
3393#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3394#: apt.conf.5.xml:695
3395msgid ""
3396"Binary programs are pointed to by "
3397"<literal>Dir::Bin</literal>. <literal>Dir::Bin::Methods</literal> specifies "
3398"the location of the method handlers and <literal>gzip</literal>, "
3399"<literal>bzip2</literal>, <literal>lzma</literal>, <literal>dpkg</literal>, "
3400"<literal>apt-get</literal> <literal>dpkg-source</literal> "
3401"<literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> and <literal>apt-cache</literal> "
3402"specify the location of the respective programs."
3403msgstr ""
3404
3405#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3406#: apt.conf.5.xml:703
3407msgid ""
3408"The configuration item <literal>RootDir</literal> has a special meaning. If "
3409"set, all paths will be relative to <literal>RootDir</literal>, "
3410"<emphasis>even paths that are specified absolutely</emphasis>. So, for "
3411"instance, if <literal>RootDir</literal> is set to "
3412"<filename>/tmp/staging</filename> and <literal>Dir::State::status</literal> "
3413"is set to <filename>/var/lib/dpkg/status</filename>, then the status file "
3414"will be looked up in <filename>/tmp/staging/var/lib/dpkg/status</filename>. "
3415"If you want to prefix only relative paths, set <literal>Dir</literal> "
3416"instead."
3417msgstr ""
3418
3419#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3420#: apt.conf.5.xml:717
3421msgid ""
3422"The <literal>Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> list can be used to specify "
3423"which files APT should silently ignore while parsing the files in the "
3424"fragment directories. Per default a file which end with "
3425"<literal>.disabled</literal>, <literal>~</literal>, <literal>.bak</literal> "
3426"or <literal>.dpkg-[a-z]+</literal> is silently ignored. As seen in the last "
3427"default value these patterns can use regular expression syntax."
3428msgstr ""
3429
3430#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3431#: apt.conf.5.xml:726
3432msgid "APT in DSelect"
3433msgstr ""
3434
3435#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3436#: apt.conf.5.xml:728
3437msgid ""
3438"When APT is used as a &dselect; method several configuration directives "
3439"control the default behavior. These are in the <literal>DSelect</literal> "
3440"section."
3441msgstr ""
3442
3443#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3444#: apt.conf.5.xml:733
3445msgid ""
3446"Cache Clean mode; this value may be one of <literal>always</literal>, "
3447"<literal>prompt</literal>, <literal>auto</literal>, "
3448"<literal>pre-auto</literal> and <literal>never</literal>. "
3449"<literal>always</literal> and <literal>prompt</literal> will remove all "
3450"packages from the cache after upgrading, <literal>prompt</literal> (the "
3451"default) does so conditionally. <literal>auto</literal> removes only those "
3452"packages which are no longer downloadable (replaced with a new version for "
3453"instance). <literal>pre-auto</literal> performs this action before "
3454"downloading new packages."
3455msgstr ""
3456
3457#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3458#: apt.conf.5.xml:747
3459msgid ""
3460"The contents of this variable are passed to &apt-get; as command line "
3461"options when it is run for the install phase."
3462msgstr ""
3463
3464#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3465#: apt.conf.5.xml:752
3466msgid ""
3467"The contents of this variable are passed to &apt-get; as command line "
3468"options when it is run for the update phase."
3469msgstr ""
3470
3471#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3472#: apt.conf.5.xml:757
3473msgid ""
3474"If true the [U]pdate operation in &dselect; will always prompt to continue. "
3475"The default is to prompt only on error."
3476msgstr ""
3477
3478#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3479#: apt.conf.5.xml:763
3480msgid "How APT calls &dpkg;"
3481msgstr ""
3482
3483#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3484#: apt.conf.5.xml:764
3485msgid ""
3486"Several configuration directives control how APT invokes &dpkg;. These are "
3487"in the <literal>DPkg</literal> section."
3488msgstr ""
3489
3490#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3491#: apt.conf.5.xml:769
3492msgid ""
3493"This is a list of options to pass to &dpkg;. The options must be specified "
3494"using the list notation and each list item is passed as a single argument to "
3495"&dpkg;."
3496msgstr ""
3497
3498#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3499#: apt.conf.5.xml:775
3500msgid ""
3501"This is a list of shell commands to run before/after invoking &dpkg;. Like "
3502"<literal>options</literal> this must be specified in list notation. The "
3503"commands are invoked in order using <filename>/bin/sh</filename>; should any "
3504"fail APT will abort."
3505msgstr ""
3506
3507#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3508#: apt.conf.5.xml:782
3509msgid ""
3510"This is a list of shell commands to run before invoking &dpkg;. Like "
3511"<literal>options</literal> this must be specified in list notation. The "
3512"commands are invoked in order using <filename>/bin/sh</filename>; should any "
3513"fail APT will abort. APT will pass the filenames of all .deb files it is "
3514"going to install to the commands, one per line on the requested file "
3515"descriptor, defaulting to standard input."
3516msgstr ""
3517
3518#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3519#: apt.conf.5.xml:789
3520msgid ""
3521"Version 2 of this protocol sends more information through the requested file "
3522"descriptor: a line with the text <literal>VERSION 2</literal>, the APT "
3523"configuration space, and a list of package actions with filename and version "
3524"information."
3525msgstr ""
3526
3527#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3528#: apt.conf.5.xml:794
3529msgid ""
3530"Each configuration directive line has the form "
3531"<literal>key=value</literal>. Special characters (equal signs, newlines, "
3532"nonprintable characters, quotation marks, and percent signs in "
3533"<literal>key</literal> and newlines, nonprintable characters, and percent "
3534"signs in <literal>value</literal>) are %-encoded. Lists are represented by "
3535"multiple <literal>key::=value</literal> lines with the same key. The "
3536"configuration section ends with a blank line."
3537msgstr ""
3538
3539#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3540#: apt.conf.5.xml:802
3541msgid ""
3542"Package action lines consist of five fields in Version 2: old version, "
3543"direction of version change (&lt; for upgrades, &gt; for downgrades, = for "
3544"no change), new version, action. The version fields are \"-\" for no version "
3545"at all (for example when installing a package for the first time; no version "
3546"is treated as earlier than any real version, so that is an upgrade, "
3547"indicated as <literal>- &lt; 1.23.4</literal>). The action field is "
3548"\"**CONFIGURE**\" if the package is being configured, \"**REMOVE**\" if it "
3549"is being removed, or the filename of a .deb file if it is being unpacked."
3550msgstr ""
3551
3552#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3553#: apt.conf.5.xml:812
3554msgid ""
3555"In Version 3 after each version field follows the architecture of this "
3556"version, which is \"-\" if there is no version, and a field showing the "
3557"MultiArch type \"same\", foreign\", \"allowed\" or \"none\". Note that "
3558"\"none\" is an incorrect typename which is just kept to remain compatible, "
3559"it should be read as \"no\" and users are encouraged to support both."
3560msgstr ""
3561
3562#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3563#: apt.conf.5.xml:818
3564msgid ""
3565"The version of the protocol to be used for the command "
3566"<literal><replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> can be chosen by setting "
3567"<literal>DPkg::Tools::options::<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>::Version</literal> "
3568"accordingly, the default being version 1. If APT isn't supporting the "
3569"requested version it will send the information in the highest version it has "
3570"support for instead."
3571msgstr ""
3572
3573#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3574#: apt.conf.5.xml:825
3575msgid ""
3576"The file descriptor to be used to send the information can be requested with "
3577"<literal>DPkg::Tools::options::<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>::InfoFD</literal> "
3578"which defaults to <literal>0</literal> for standard input and is available "
3579"since version 0.9.11. Support for the option can be detected by looking for "
3580"the environment variable <envar>APT_HOOK_INFO_FD</envar> which contains the "
3581"number of the used file descriptor as a confirmation."
3582msgstr ""
3583
3584#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3585#: apt.conf.5.xml:835
3586msgid ""
3587"APT chdirs to this directory before invoking &dpkg;, the default is "
3588"<filename>/</filename>."
3589msgstr ""
3590
3591#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3592#: apt.conf.5.xml:840
3593msgid ""
3594"These options are passed to &dpkg-buildpackage; when compiling packages; the "
3595"default is to disable signing and produce all binaries."
3596msgstr ""
3597
3598#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
3599#: apt.conf.5.xml:845
3600msgid "dpkg trigger usage (and related options)"
3601msgstr ""
3602
3603#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
3604#: apt.conf.5.xml:846
3605msgid ""
3606"APT can call &dpkg; in such a way as to let it make aggressive use of "
3607"triggers over multiple calls of &dpkg;. Without further options &dpkg; will "
3608"use triggers once each time it runs. Activating these options can therefore "
3609"decrease the time needed to perform the install or upgrade. Note that it is "
3610"intended to activate these options per default in the future, but as it "
3611"drastically changes the way APT calls &dpkg; it needs a lot more testing. "
3612"<emphasis>These options are therefore currently experimental and should not "
3613"be used in production environments.</emphasis> It also breaks progress "
3614"reporting such that all front-ends will currently stay around half (or more) "
3615"of the time in the 100% state while it actually configures all packages."
3616msgstr ""
3617
3618#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><literallayout>
3619#: apt.conf.5.xml:861
3620#, no-wrap
3621msgid ""
3622"DPkg::NoTriggers \"true\";\n"
3623"PackageManager::Configure \"smart\";\n"
3624"DPkg::ConfigurePending \"true\";\n"
3625"DPkg::TriggersPending \"true\";"
3626msgstr ""
3627
3628#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
3629#: apt.conf.5.xml:855
3630msgid ""
3631"Note that it is not guaranteed that APT will support these options or that "
3632"these options will not cause (big) trouble in the future. If you have "
3633"understand the current risks and problems with these options, but are brave "
3634"enough to help testing them, create a new configuration file and test a "
3635"combination of options. Please report any bugs, problems and improvements "
3636"you encounter and make sure to note which options you have used in your "
3637"reports. Asking &dpkg; for help could also be useful for debugging proposes, "
3638"see e.g. <command>dpkg --audit</command>. A defensive option combination "
3639"would be <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/>"
3640msgstr ""
3641
3642#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3643#: apt.conf.5.xml:868
3644msgid ""
3645"Add the no triggers flag to all &dpkg; calls (except the ConfigurePending "
3646"call). See &dpkg; if you are interested in what this actually means. In "
3647"short: &dpkg; will not run the triggers when this flag is present unless it "
3648"is explicitly called to do so in an extra call. Note that this option "
3649"exists (undocumented) also in older APT versions with a slightly different "
3650"meaning: Previously these option only append --no-triggers to the configure "
3651"calls to &dpkg; - now APT will also add this flag to the unpack and remove "
3652"calls."
3653msgstr ""
3654
3655#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3656#: apt.conf.5.xml:876
3657msgid ""
3658"Valid values are \"<literal>all</literal>\", \"<literal>smart</literal>\" "
3659"and \"<literal>no</literal>\". The default value is "
3660"\"<literal>all</literal>\", which causes APT to configure all packages. The "
3661"\"<literal>smart</literal>\" way is to configure only packages which need to "
3662"be configured before another package can be unpacked (Pre-Depends), and let "
3663"the rest be configured by &dpkg; with a call generated by the "
3664"ConfigurePending option (see below). On the other hand, "
3665"\"<literal>no</literal>\" will not configure anything, and totally relies on "
3666"&dpkg; for configuration (which at the moment will fail if a Pre-Depends is "
3667"encountered). Setting this option to any value other than "
3668"<literal>all</literal> will implicitly also activate the next option by "
3669"default, as otherwise the system could end in an unconfigured and "
3670"potentially unbootable state."
3671msgstr ""
3672
3673#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3674#: apt.conf.5.xml:891
3675msgid ""
3676"If this option is set APT will call <command>dpkg --configure "
3677"--pending</command> to let &dpkg; handle all required configurations and "
3678"triggers. This option is activated automatically per default if the previous "
3679"option is not set to <literal>all</literal>, but deactivating it could be "
3680"useful if you want to run APT multiple times in a row - e.g. in an "
3681"installer. In these sceneries you could deactivate this option in all but "
3682"the last run."
3683msgstr ""
3684
3685#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3686#: apt.conf.5.xml:898
3687msgid ""
3688"Useful for the <literal>smart</literal> configuration as a package which has "
3689"pending triggers is not considered as <literal>installed</literal>, and "
3690"&dpkg; treats them as <literal>unpacked</literal> currently which is a "
3691"showstopper for Pre-Dependencies (see debbugs #526774). Note that this will "
3692"process all triggers, not only the triggers needed to configure this "
3693"package."
3694msgstr ""
3695
3696#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><literallayout>
3697#: apt.conf.5.xml:911
3698#, no-wrap
3699msgid ""
3700"OrderList::Score {\n"
3701"\tDelete 500;\n"
3702"\tEssential 200;\n"
3703"\tImmediate 10;\n"
3704"\tPreDepends 50;\n"
3705"};"
3706msgstr ""
3707
3708#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3709#: apt.conf.5.xml:904
3710msgid ""
3711"Essential packages (and their dependencies) should be configured immediately "
3712"after unpacking. It is a good idea to do this quite early in the upgrade "
3713"process as these configure calls also currently require "
3714"<literal>DPkg::TriggersPending</literal> which will run quite a few triggers "
3715"(which may not be needed). Essentials get per default a high score but the "
3716"immediate flag is relatively low (a package which has a Pre-Depends is rated "
3717"higher). These option and the others in the same group can be used to "
3718"change the scoring. The following example shows the settings with their "
3719"default values. <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/>"
3720msgstr ""
3721
3722#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3723#: apt.conf.5.xml:924
3724msgid "Periodic and Archives options"
3725msgstr ""
3726
3727#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3728#: apt.conf.5.xml:925
3729msgid ""
3730"<literal>APT::Periodic</literal> and <literal>APT::Archives</literal> groups "
3731"of options configure behavior of apt periodic updates, which is done by the "
3732"<literal>/etc/cron.daily/apt</literal> script. See the top of this script "
3733"for the brief documentation of these options."
3734msgstr ""
3735
3736#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3737#: apt.conf.5.xml:933
3738msgid "Debug options"
3739msgstr ""
3740
3741#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3742#: apt.conf.5.xml:935
3743msgid ""
3744"Enabling options in the <literal>Debug::</literal> section will cause "
3745"debugging information to be sent to the standard error stream of the program "
3746"utilizing the <literal>apt</literal> libraries, or enable special program "
3747"modes that are primarily useful for debugging the behavior of "
3748"<literal>apt</literal>. Most of these options are not interesting to a "
3749"normal user, but a few may be:"
3750msgstr ""
3751
3752#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
3753#: apt.conf.5.xml:946
3754msgid ""
3755"<literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</literal> enables output about the "
3756"decisions made by <literal>dist-upgrade, upgrade, install, remove, "
3757"purge</literal>."
3758msgstr ""
3759
3760#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
3761#: apt.conf.5.xml:954
3762msgid ""
3763"<literal>Debug::NoLocking</literal> disables all file locking. This can be "
3764"used to run some operations (for instance, <literal>apt-get -s "
3765"install</literal>) as a non-root user."
3766msgstr ""
3767
3768#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
3769#: apt.conf.5.xml:963
3770msgid ""
3771"<literal>Debug::pkgDPkgPM</literal> prints out the actual command line each "
3772"time that <literal>apt</literal> invokes &dpkg;."
3773msgstr ""
3774
3775#. TODO: provide a
3776#. motivating example, except I haven't a clue why you'd want
3777#. to do this.
3778#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
3779#: apt.conf.5.xml:971
3780msgid ""
3781"<literal>Debug::IdentCdrom</literal> disables the inclusion of statfs data "
3782"in CD-ROM IDs."
3783msgstr ""
3784
3785#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3786#: apt.conf.5.xml:981
3787msgid "A full list of debugging options to apt follows."
3788msgstr ""
3789
3790#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3791#: apt.conf.5.xml:990
3792msgid "Print information related to accessing <literal>cdrom://</literal> sources."
3793msgstr ""
3794
3795#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3796#: apt.conf.5.xml:1001
3797msgid "Print information related to downloading packages using FTP."
3798msgstr ""
3799
3800#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3801#: apt.conf.5.xml:1012
3802msgid "Print information related to downloading packages using HTTP."
3803msgstr ""
3804
3805#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3806#: apt.conf.5.xml:1023
3807msgid "Print information related to downloading packages using HTTPS."
3808msgstr ""
3809
3810#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3811#: apt.conf.5.xml:1034
3812msgid ""
3813"Print information related to verifying cryptographic signatures using "
3814"<literal>gpg</literal>."
3815msgstr ""
3816
3817#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3818#: apt.conf.5.xml:1045
3819msgid ""
3820"Output information about the process of accessing collections of packages "
3821"stored on CD-ROMs."
3822msgstr ""
3823
3824#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3825#: apt.conf.5.xml:1055
3826msgid "Describes the process of resolving build-dependencies in &apt-get;."
3827msgstr ""
3828
3829#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3830#: apt.conf.5.xml:1065
3831msgid ""
3832"Output each cryptographic hash that is generated by the "
3833"<literal>apt</literal> libraries."
3834msgstr ""
3835
3836#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3837#: apt.conf.5.xml:1075
3838msgid ""
3839"Do not include information from <literal>statfs</literal>, namely the number "
3840"of used and free blocks on the CD-ROM filesystem, when generating an ID for "
3841"a CD-ROM."
3842msgstr ""
3843
3844#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3845#: apt.conf.5.xml:1086
3846msgid ""
3847"Disable all file locking. For instance, this will allow two instances of "
3848"<quote><literal>apt-get update</literal></quote> to run at the same time."
3849msgstr ""
3850
3851#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3852#: apt.conf.5.xml:1098
3853msgid "Log when items are added to or removed from the global download queue."
3854msgstr ""
3855
3856#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3857#: apt.conf.5.xml:1108
3858msgid ""
3859"Output status messages and errors related to verifying checksums and "
3860"cryptographic signatures of downloaded files."
3861msgstr ""
3862
3863#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3864#: apt.conf.5.xml:1118
3865msgid ""
3866"Output information about downloading and applying package index list diffs, "
3867"and errors relating to package index list diffs."
3868msgstr ""
3869
3870#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3871#: apt.conf.5.xml:1130
3872msgid ""
3873"Output information related to patching apt package lists when downloading "
3874"index diffs instead of full indices."
3875msgstr ""
3876
3877#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3878#: apt.conf.5.xml:1141
3879msgid "Log all interactions with the sub-processes that actually perform downloads."
3880msgstr ""
3881
3882#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3883#: apt.conf.5.xml:1152
3884msgid ""
3885"Log events related to the automatically-installed status of packages and to "
3886"the removal of unused packages."
3887msgstr ""
3888
3889#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3890#: apt.conf.5.xml:1162
3891msgid ""
3892"Generate debug messages describing which packages are being automatically "
3893"installed to resolve dependencies. This corresponds to the initial "
3894"auto-install pass performed in, e.g., <literal>apt-get install</literal>, "
3895"and not to the full <literal>apt</literal> dependency resolver; see "
3896"<literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</literal> for that."
3897msgstr ""
3898
3899#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3900#: apt.conf.5.xml:1176
3901msgid ""
3902"Generate debug messages describing which packages are marked as "
3903"keep/install/remove while the ProblemResolver does his work. Each addition "
3904"or deletion may trigger additional actions; they are shown indented two "
3905"additional spaces under the original entry. The format for each line is "
3906"<literal>MarkKeep</literal>, <literal>MarkDelete</literal> or "
3907"<literal>MarkInstall</literal> followed by <literal>package-name &lt;a.b.c "
3908"-&gt; d.e.f | x.y.z&gt; (section)</literal> where <literal>a.b.c</literal> "
3909"is the current version of the package, <literal>d.e.f</literal> is the "
3910"version considered for installation and <literal>x.y.z</literal> is a newer "
3911"version, but not considered for installation (because of a low pin "
3912"score). The later two can be omitted if there is none or if it is the same "
3913"as the installed version. <literal>section</literal> is the name of the "
3914"section the package appears in."
3915msgstr ""
3916
3917#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3918#: apt.conf.5.xml:1197
3919msgid ""
3920"When invoking &dpkg;, output the precise command line with which it is being "
3921"invoked, with arguments separated by a single space character."
3922msgstr ""
3923
3924#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3925#: apt.conf.5.xml:1208
3926msgid ""
3927"Output all the data received from &dpkg; on the status file descriptor and "
3928"any errors encountered while parsing it."
3929msgstr ""
3930
3931#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3932#: apt.conf.5.xml:1219
3933msgid ""
3934"Generate a trace of the algorithm that decides the order in which "
3935"<literal>apt</literal> should pass packages to &dpkg;."
3936msgstr ""
3937
3938#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3939#: apt.conf.5.xml:1231
3940msgid "Output status messages tracing the steps performed when invoking &dpkg;."
3941msgstr ""
3942
3943#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3944#: apt.conf.5.xml:1242
3945msgid "Output the priority of each package list on startup."
3946msgstr ""
3947
3948#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3949#: apt.conf.5.xml:1252
3950msgid ""
3951"Trace the execution of the dependency resolver (this applies only to what "
3952"happens when a complex dependency problem is encountered)."
3953msgstr ""
3954
3955#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3956#: apt.conf.5.xml:1263
3957msgid ""
3958"Display a list of all installed packages with their calculated score used by "
3959"the pkgProblemResolver. The description of the package is the same as "
3960"described in <literal>Debug::pkgDepCache::Marker</literal>"
3961msgstr ""
3962
3963#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3964#: apt.conf.5.xml:1275
3965msgid ""
3966"Print information about the vendors read from "
3967"<filename>/etc/apt/vendors.list</filename>."
3968msgstr ""
3969
3970#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3971#: apt.conf.5.xml:1285
3972msgid ""
3973"Display the external commands that are called by apt hooks. This includes "
3974"e.g. the config options <literal>DPkg::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal> or "
3975"<literal>APT::Update::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal>."
3976msgstr ""
3977
3978#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3979#: apt.conf.5.xml:1309 apt_preferences.5.xml:556 sources.list.5.xml:375 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:592
3980msgid "Examples"
3981msgstr ""
3982
3983#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3984#: apt.conf.5.xml:1310
3985msgid ""
3986"&configureindex; is a configuration file showing example values for all "
3987"possible options."
3988msgstr ""
3989
3990#. ? reading apt.conf
3991#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3992#: apt.conf.5.xml:1322
3993msgid "&apt-cache;, &apt-config;, &apt-preferences;."
3994msgstr ""
3995
3996#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
3997#: apt_preferences.5.xml:28
3998msgid "Preference control file for APT"
3999msgstr ""
4000
4001#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4002#: apt_preferences.5.xml:33
4003msgid ""
4004"The APT preferences file <filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename> and the "
4005"fragment files in the <filename>/etc/apt/preferences.d/</filename> folder "
4006"can be used to control which versions of packages will be selected for "
4007"installation."
4008msgstr ""
4009
4010#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4011#: apt_preferences.5.xml:38
4012msgid ""
4013"Several versions of a package may be available for installation when the "
4014"&sources-list; file contains references to more than one distribution (for "
4015"example, <literal>stable</literal> and <literal>testing</literal>). APT "
4016"assigns a priority to each version that is available. Subject to dependency "
4017"constraints, <command>apt-get</command> selects the version with the highest "
4018"priority for installation. The APT preferences override the priorities that "
4019"APT assigns to package versions by default, thus giving the user control "
4020"over which one is selected for installation."
4021msgstr ""
4022
4023#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4024#: apt_preferences.5.xml:48
4025msgid ""
4026"Several instances of the same version of a package may be available when the "
4027"&sources-list; file contains references to more than one source. In this "
4028"case <command>apt-get</command> downloads the instance listed earliest in "
4029"the &sources-list; file. The APT preferences do not affect the choice of "
4030"instance, only the choice of version."
4031msgstr ""
4032
4033#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4034#: apt_preferences.5.xml:55
4035msgid ""
4036"Preferences are a strong power in the hands of a system administrator but "
4037"they can become also their biggest nightmare if used without care! APT will "
4038"not question the preferences, so wrong settings can lead to uninstallable "
4039"packages or wrong decisions while upgrading packages. Even more problems "
4040"will arise if multiple distribution releases are mixed without a good "
4041"understanding of the following paragraphs. Packages included in a specific "
4042"release aren't tested in (and therefore don't always work as expected in) "
4043"older or newer releases, or together with other packages from different "
4044"releases. You have been warned."
4045msgstr ""
4046
4047#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4048#: apt_preferences.5.xml:66
4049msgid ""
4050"Note that the files in the <filename>/etc/apt/preferences.d</filename> "
4051"directory are parsed in alphanumeric ascending order and need to obey the "
4052"following naming convention: The files have either no or "
4053"\"<literal>pref</literal>\" as filename extension and only contain "
4054"alphanumeric, hyphen (-), underscore (_) and period (.) characters. "
4055"Otherwise APT will print a notice that it has ignored a file, unless that "
4056"file matches a pattern in the <literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> "
4057"configuration list - in which case it will be silently ignored."
4058msgstr ""
4059
4060#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4061#: apt_preferences.5.xml:75
4062msgid "APT's Default Priority Assignments"
4063msgstr ""
4064
4065#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4066#: apt_preferences.5.xml:90
4067#, no-wrap
4068msgid ""
4069"<command>apt-get install -t testing "
4070"<replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command>\n"
4071msgstr ""
4072
4073#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4074#: apt_preferences.5.xml:93
4075#, no-wrap
4076msgid "APT::Default-Release \"stable\";\n"
4077msgstr ""
4078
4079#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4080#: apt_preferences.5.xml:77
4081msgid ""
4082"If there is no preferences file or if there is no entry in the file that "
4083"applies to a particular version then the priority assigned to that version "
4084"is the priority of the distribution to which that version belongs. It is "
4085"possible to single out a distribution, \"the target release\", which "
4086"receives a higher priority than other distributions do by default. The "
4087"target release can be set on the <command>apt-get</command> command line or "
4088"in the APT configuration file <filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename>. Note "
4089"that this has precedence over any general priority you set in the "
4090"<filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename> file described later, but not over "
4091"specifically pinned packages. For example, <placeholder "
4092"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
4093"id=\"1\"/>"
4094msgstr ""
4095
4096#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4097#: apt_preferences.5.xml:97
4098msgid ""
4099"If the target release has been specified then APT uses the following "
4100"algorithm to set the priorities of the versions of a package. Assign:"
4101msgstr ""
4102
4103#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4104#: apt_preferences.5.xml:102
4105msgid "priority 1"
4106msgstr ""
4107
4108#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4109#: apt_preferences.5.xml:103
4110msgid ""
4111"to the versions coming from archives which in their "
4112"<filename>Release</filename> files are marked as \"NotAutomatic: yes\" but "
4113"<emphasis>not</emphasis> as \"ButAutomaticUpgrades: yes\" like the Debian "
4114"<literal>experimental</literal> archive."
4115msgstr ""
4116
4117#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4118#: apt_preferences.5.xml:109
4119msgid "priority 100"
4120msgstr ""
4121
4122#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4123#: apt_preferences.5.xml:110
4124msgid ""
4125"to the version that is already installed (if any) and to the versions coming "
4126"from archives which in their <filename>Release</filename> files are marked "
4127"as \"NotAutomatic: yes\" and \"ButAutomaticUpgrades: yes\" like the Debian "
4128"backports archive since <literal>squeeze-backports</literal>."
4129msgstr ""
4130
4131#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4132#: apt_preferences.5.xml:117
4133msgid "priority 500"
4134msgstr ""
4135
4136#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4137#: apt_preferences.5.xml:118
4138msgid "to the versions that do not belong to the target release."
4139msgstr ""
4140
4141#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4142#: apt_preferences.5.xml:122
4143msgid "priority 990"
4144msgstr ""
4145
4146#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4147#: apt_preferences.5.xml:123
4148msgid "to the versions that belong to the target release."
4149msgstr ""
4150
4151#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4152#: apt_preferences.5.xml:127
4153msgid ""
4154"The highest of those priorities whose description matches the version is "
4155"assigned to the version."
4156msgstr ""
4157
4158#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4159#: apt_preferences.5.xml:131
4160msgid ""
4161"If the target release has not been specified then APT simply assigns "
4162"priority 100 to all installed package versions and priority 500 to all "
4163"uninstalled package versions, except versions coming from archives which in "
4164"their <filename>Release</filename> files are marked as \"NotAutomatic: yes\" "
4165"- these versions get the priority 1 or priority 100 if it is additionally "
4166"marked as \"ButAutomaticUpgrades: yes\"."
4167msgstr ""
4168
4169#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4170#: apt_preferences.5.xml:138
4171msgid ""
4172"APT then applies the following rules, listed in order of precedence, to "
4173"determine which version of a package to install."
4174msgstr ""
4175
4176#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4177#: apt_preferences.5.xml:141
4178msgid ""
4179"Never downgrade unless the priority of an available version exceeds 1000. "
4180"(\"Downgrading\" is installing a less recent version of a package in place "
4181"of a more recent version. Note that none of APT's default priorities "
4182"exceeds 1000; such high priorities can only be set in the preferences file. "
4183"Note also that downgrading a package can be risky.)"
4184msgstr ""
4185
4186#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4187#: apt_preferences.5.xml:147
4188msgid "Install the highest priority version."
4189msgstr ""
4190
4191#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4192#: apt_preferences.5.xml:148
4193msgid ""
4194"If two or more versions have the same priority, install the most recent one "
4195"(that is, the one with the higher version number)."
4196msgstr ""
4197
4198#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4199#: apt_preferences.5.xml:151
4200msgid ""
4201"If two or more versions have the same priority and version number but either "
4202"the packages differ in some of their metadata or the "
4203"<literal>--reinstall</literal> option is given, install the uninstalled one."
4204msgstr ""
4205
4206#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4207#: apt_preferences.5.xml:157
4208msgid ""
4209"In a typical situation, the installed version of a package (priority 100) "
4210"is not as recent as one of the versions available from the sources listed in "
4211"the &sources-list; file (priority 500 or 990). Then the package will be "
4212"upgraded when <command>apt-get install "
4213"<replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command> or <command>apt-get "
4214"upgrade</command> is executed."
4215msgstr ""
4216
4217#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4218#: apt_preferences.5.xml:164
4219msgid ""
4220"More rarely, the installed version of a package is <emphasis>more</emphasis> "
4221"recent than any of the other available versions. The package will not be "
4222"downgraded when <command>apt-get install "
4223"<replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command> or <command>apt-get "
4224"upgrade</command> is executed."
4225msgstr ""
4226
4227#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4228#: apt_preferences.5.xml:169
4229msgid ""
4230"Sometimes the installed version of a package is more recent than the version "
4231"belonging to the target release, but not as recent as a version belonging to "
4232"some other distribution. Such a package will indeed be upgraded when "
4233"<command>apt-get install <replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command> "
4234"or <command>apt-get upgrade</command> is executed, because at least "
4235"<emphasis>one</emphasis> of the available versions has a higher priority "
4236"than the installed version."
4237msgstr ""
4238
4239#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4240#: apt_preferences.5.xml:178
4241msgid "The Effect of APT Preferences"
4242msgstr ""
4243
4244#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4245#: apt_preferences.5.xml:180
4246msgid ""
4247"The APT preferences file allows the system administrator to control the "
4248"assignment of priorities. The file consists of one or more multi-line "
4249"records separated by blank lines. Records can have one of two forms, a "
4250"specific form and a general form."
4251msgstr ""
4252
4253#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4254#: apt_preferences.5.xml:186
4255msgid ""
4256"The specific form assigns a priority (a \"Pin-Priority\") to one or more "
4257"specified packages with a specified version or version range. For example, "
4258"the following record assigns a high priority to all versions of the "
4259"<filename>perl</filename> package whose version number begins with "
4260"\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". Multiple packages can be separated by "
4261"spaces."
4262msgstr ""
4263
4264#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4265#: apt_preferences.5.xml:193
4266#, no-wrap
4267msgid ""
4268"Package: perl\n"
4269"Pin: version &good-perl;*\n"
4270"Pin-Priority: 1001\n"
4271msgstr ""
4272
4273#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4274#: apt_preferences.5.xml:199
4275msgid ""
4276"The general form assigns a priority to all of the package versions in a "
4277"given distribution (that is, to all the versions of packages that are listed "
4278"in a certain <filename>Release</filename> file) or to all of the package "
4279"versions coming from a particular Internet site, as identified by the site's "
4280"fully qualified domain name."
4281msgstr ""
4282
4283#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4284#: apt_preferences.5.xml:205
4285msgid ""
4286"This general-form entry in the APT preferences file applies only to groups "
4287"of packages. For example, the following record assigns a high priority to "
4288"all package versions available from the local site."
4289msgstr ""
4290
4291#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4292#: apt_preferences.5.xml:210
4293#, no-wrap
4294msgid ""
4295"Package: *\n"
4296"Pin: origin \"\"\n"
4297"Pin-Priority: 999\n"
4298msgstr ""
4299
4300#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4301#: apt_preferences.5.xml:215
4302msgid ""
4303"A note of caution: the keyword used here is \"<literal>origin</literal>\" "
4304"which can be used to match a hostname. The following record will assign a "
4305"high priority to all versions available from the server identified by the "
4306"hostname \"ftp.de.debian.org\""
4307msgstr ""
4308
4309#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4310#: apt_preferences.5.xml:219
4311#, no-wrap
4312msgid ""
4313"Package: *\n"
4314"Pin: origin \"ftp.de.debian.org\"\n"
4315"Pin-Priority: 999\n"
4316msgstr ""
4317
4318#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4319#: apt_preferences.5.xml:223
4320msgid ""
4321"This should <emphasis>not</emphasis> be confused with the Origin of a "
4322"distribution as specified in a <filename>Release</filename> file. What "
4323"follows the \"Origin:\" tag in a <filename>Release</filename> file is not an "
4324"Internet address but an author or vendor name, such as \"Debian\" or "
4325"\"Ximian\"."
4326msgstr ""
4327
4328#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4329#: apt_preferences.5.xml:228
4330msgid ""
4331"The following record assigns a low priority to all package versions "
4332"belonging to any distribution whose Archive name is "
4333"\"<literal>unstable</literal>\"."
4334msgstr ""
4335
4336#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4337#: apt_preferences.5.xml:232
4338#, no-wrap
4339msgid ""
4340"Package: *\n"
4341"Pin: release a=unstable\n"
4342"Pin-Priority: 50\n"
4343msgstr ""
4344
4345#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4346#: apt_preferences.5.xml:237
4347msgid ""
4348"The following record assigns a high priority to all package versions "
4349"belonging to any distribution whose Codename is "
4350"\"<literal>&testing-codename;</literal>\"."
4351msgstr ""
4352
4353#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4354#: apt_preferences.5.xml:241
4355#, no-wrap
4356msgid ""
4357"Package: *\n"
4358"Pin: release n=&testing-codename;\n"
4359"Pin-Priority: 900\n"
4360msgstr ""
4361
4362#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4363#: apt_preferences.5.xml:246
4364msgid ""
4365"The following record assigns a high priority to all package versions "
4366"belonging to any release whose Archive name is \"<literal>stable</literal>\" "
4367"and whose release Version number is \"<literal>&stable-version;</literal>\"."
4368msgstr ""
4369
4370#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4371#: apt_preferences.5.xml:251
4372#, no-wrap
4373msgid ""
4374"Package: *\n"
4375"Pin: release a=stable, v=&stable-version;\n"
4376"Pin-Priority: 500\n"
4377msgstr ""
4378
4379#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4380#: apt_preferences.5.xml:258
4381msgid ""
4382"The effect of the comma operator is similar to an \"and\" in logic: All "
4383"conditions must be satisfied for the pin to match. There is one exception: "
4384"For any type of condition (such as two \"a\" conditions), only the last such "
4385"condition is checked."
4386msgstr ""
4387
4388#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4389#: apt_preferences.5.xml:266
4390msgid "Regular expressions and &glob; syntax"
4391msgstr ""
4392
4393#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4394#: apt_preferences.5.xml:268
4395msgid ""
4396"APT also supports pinning by &glob; expressions, and regular expressions "
4397"surrounded by slashes. For example, the following example assigns the "
4398"priority 500 to all packages from experimental where the name starts with "
4399"gnome (as a &glob;-like expression) or contains the word kde (as a POSIX "
4400"extended regular expression surrounded by slashes)."
4401msgstr ""
4402
4403#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
4404#: apt_preferences.5.xml:277
4405#, no-wrap
4406msgid ""
4407"Package: gnome* /kde/\n"
4408"Pin: release a=experimental\n"
4409"Pin-Priority: 500\n"
4410msgstr ""
4411
4412#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4413#: apt_preferences.5.xml:283
4414msgid ""
4415"The rule for those expressions is that they can occur anywhere where a "
4416"string can occur. Thus, the following pin assigns the priority 990 to all "
4417"packages from a release starting with &ubuntu-codename;."
4418msgstr ""
4419
4420#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
4421#: apt_preferences.5.xml:289
4422#, no-wrap
4423msgid ""
4424"Package: *\n"
4425"Pin: release n=&ubuntu-codename;*\n"
4426"Pin-Priority: 990\n"
4427msgstr ""
4428
4429#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4430#: apt_preferences.5.xml:295
4431msgid ""
4432"If a regular expression occurs in a <literal>Package</literal> field, the "
4433"behavior is the same as if this regular expression were replaced with a list "
4434"of all package names it matches. It is undecided whether this will change in "
4435"the future; thus you should always list wild-card pins first, so later "
4436"specific pins override it. The pattern \"<literal>*</literal>\" in a "
4437"Package field is not considered a &glob; expression in itself."
4438msgstr ""
4439
4440#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4441#: apt_preferences.5.xml:311
4442msgid "How APT Interprets Priorities"
4443msgstr ""
4444
4445#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4446#: apt_preferences.5.xml:314
4447msgid ""
4448"Priorities (P) assigned in the APT preferences file must be positive or "
4449"negative integers. They are interpreted as follows (roughly speaking):"
4450msgstr ""
4451
4452#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4453#: apt_preferences.5.xml:319
4454msgid "P &gt;= 1000"
4455msgstr ""
4456
4457#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4458#: apt_preferences.5.xml:320
4459msgid ""
4460"causes a version to be installed even if this constitutes a downgrade of the "
4461"package"
4462msgstr ""
4463
4464#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4465#: apt_preferences.5.xml:324
4466msgid "990 &lt;= P &lt; 1000"
4467msgstr ""
4468
4469#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4470#: apt_preferences.5.xml:325
4471msgid ""
4472"causes a version to be installed even if it does not come from the target "
4473"release, unless the installed version is more recent"
4474msgstr ""
4475
4476#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4477#: apt_preferences.5.xml:330
4478msgid "500 &lt;= P &lt; 990"
4479msgstr ""
4480
4481#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4482#: apt_preferences.5.xml:331
4483msgid ""
4484"causes a version to be installed unless there is a version available "
4485"belonging to the target release or the installed version is more recent"
4486msgstr ""
4487
4488#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4489#: apt_preferences.5.xml:336
4490msgid "100 &lt;= P &lt; 500"
4491msgstr ""
4492
4493#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4494#: apt_preferences.5.xml:337
4495msgid ""
4496"causes a version to be installed unless there is a version available "
4497"belonging to some other distribution or the installed version is more recent"
4498msgstr ""
4499
4500#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4501#: apt_preferences.5.xml:342
4502msgid "0 &lt; P &lt; 100"
4503msgstr ""
4504
4505#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4506#: apt_preferences.5.xml:343
4507msgid ""
4508"causes a version to be installed only if there is no installed version of "
4509"the package"
4510msgstr ""
4511
4512#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4513#: apt_preferences.5.xml:347
4514msgid "P &lt; 0"
4515msgstr ""
4516
4517#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4518#: apt_preferences.5.xml:348
4519msgid "prevents the version from being installed"
4520msgstr ""
4521
4522#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4523#: apt_preferences.5.xml:351
4524msgid "P = 0"
4525msgstr ""
4526
4527#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4528#: apt_preferences.5.xml:352
4529msgid "has undefined behaviour, do not use it."
4530msgstr ""
4531
4532#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4533#: apt_preferences.5.xml:358
4534msgid ""
4535"The first specific-form record matching an available package version "
4536"determines the priority of the package version. Failing that, the priority "
4537"of the package is defined as the maximum of all priorities defined by "
4538"generic-form records matching the version. Records defined using patterns "
4539"in the Pin field other than \"*\" are treated like specific-form records."
4540msgstr ""
4541
4542#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4543#: apt_preferences.5.xml:366
4544msgid ""
4545"For example, suppose the APT preferences file contains the three records "
4546"presented earlier:"
4547msgstr ""
4548
4549#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
4550#: apt_preferences.5.xml:370
4551#, no-wrap
4552msgid ""
4553"Package: perl\n"
4554"Pin: version &good-perl;*\n"
4555"Pin-Priority: 1001\n"
4556"\n"
4557"Package: *\n"
4558"Pin: origin \"\"\n"
4559"Pin-Priority: 999\n"
4560"\n"
4561"Package: *\n"
4562"Pin: release unstable\n"
4563"Pin-Priority: 50\n"
4564msgstr ""
4565
4566#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4567#: apt_preferences.5.xml:383
4568msgid "Then:"
4569msgstr ""
4570
4571#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4572#: apt_preferences.5.xml:385
4573msgid ""
4574"The most recent available version of the <literal>perl</literal> package "
4575"will be installed, so long as that version's version number begins with "
4576"\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". If <emphasis>any</emphasis> "
4577"&good-perl;* version of <literal>perl</literal> is available and the "
4578"installed version is &bad-perl;*, then <literal>perl</literal> will be "
4579"downgraded."
4580msgstr ""
4581
4582#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4583#: apt_preferences.5.xml:390
4584msgid ""
4585"A version of any package other than <literal>perl</literal> that is "
4586"available from the local system has priority over other versions, even "
4587"versions belonging to the target release."
4588msgstr ""
4589
4590#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4591#: apt_preferences.5.xml:394
4592msgid ""
4593"A version of a package whose origin is not the local system but some other "
4594"site listed in &sources-list; and which belongs to an "
4595"<literal>unstable</literal> distribution is only installed if it is selected "
4596"for installation and no version of the package is already installed."
4597msgstr ""
4598
4599#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4600#: apt_preferences.5.xml:404
4601msgid "Determination of Package Version and Distribution Properties"
4602msgstr ""
4603
4604#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4605#: apt_preferences.5.xml:406
4606msgid ""
4607"The locations listed in the &sources-list; file should provide "
4608"<filename>Packages</filename> and <filename>Release</filename> files to "
4609"describe the packages available at that location."
4610msgstr ""
4611
4612#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4613#: apt_preferences.5.xml:410
4614msgid ""
4615"The <filename>Packages</filename> file is normally found in the directory "
4616"<filename>.../dists/<replaceable>dist-name</replaceable>/<replaceable>component</replaceable>/<replaceable>arch</replaceable></filename>: "
4617"for example, "
4618"<filename>.../dists/stable/main/binary-i386/Packages</filename>. It "
4619"consists of a series of multi-line records, one for each package available "
4620"in that directory. Only two lines in each record are relevant for setting "
4621"APT priorities:"
4622msgstr ""
4623
4624#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4625#: apt_preferences.5.xml:418
4626msgid "the <literal>Package:</literal> line"
4627msgstr ""
4628
4629#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4630#: apt_preferences.5.xml:419
4631msgid "gives the package name"
4632msgstr ""
4633
4634#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4635#: apt_preferences.5.xml:422 apt_preferences.5.xml:472
4636msgid "the <literal>Version:</literal> line"
4637msgstr ""
4638
4639#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4640#: apt_preferences.5.xml:423
4641msgid "gives the version number for the named package"
4642msgstr ""
4643
4644#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4645#: apt_preferences.5.xml:428
4646msgid ""
4647"The <filename>Release</filename> file is normally found in the directory "
4648"<filename>.../dists/<replaceable>dist-name</replaceable></filename>: for "
4649"example, <filename>.../dists/stable/Release</filename>, or "
4650"<filename>.../dists/&stable-codename;/Release</filename>. It consists of a "
4651"single multi-line record which applies to <emphasis>all</emphasis> of the "
4652"packages in the directory tree below its parent. Unlike the "
4653"<filename>Packages</filename> file, nearly all of the lines in a "
4654"<filename>Release</filename> file are relevant for setting APT priorities:"
4655msgstr ""
4656
4657#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4658#: apt_preferences.5.xml:439
4659msgid "the <literal>Archive:</literal> or <literal>Suite:</literal> line"
4660msgstr ""
4661
4662#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4663#: apt_preferences.5.xml:440
4664msgid ""
4665"names the archive to which all the packages in the directory tree belong. "
4666"For example, the line \"Archive: stable\" or \"Suite: stable\" specifies "
4667"that all of the packages in the directory tree below the parent of the "
4668"<filename>Release</filename> file are in a <literal>stable</literal> "
4669"archive. Specifying this value in the APT preferences file would require "
4670"the line:"
4671msgstr ""
4672
4673#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4674#: apt_preferences.5.xml:450
4675#, no-wrap
4676msgid "Pin: release a=stable\n"
4677msgstr ""
4678
4679#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4680#: apt_preferences.5.xml:456
4681msgid "the <literal>Codename:</literal> line"
4682msgstr ""
4683
4684#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4685#: apt_preferences.5.xml:457
4686msgid ""
4687"names the codename to which all the packages in the directory tree belong. "
4688"For example, the line \"Codename: &testing-codename;\" specifies that all of "
4689"the packages in the directory tree below the parent of the "
4690"<filename>Release</filename> file belong to a version named "
4691"<literal>&testing-codename;</literal>. Specifying this value in the APT "
4692"preferences file would require the line:"
4693msgstr ""
4694
4695#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4696#: apt_preferences.5.xml:466
4697#, no-wrap
4698msgid "Pin: release n=&testing-codename;\n"
4699msgstr ""
4700
4701#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4702#: apt_preferences.5.xml:473
4703msgid ""
4704"names the release version. For example, the packages in the tree might "
4705"belong to Debian release version &stable-version;. Note that there is "
4706"normally no version number for the <literal>testing</literal> and "
4707"<literal>unstable</literal> distributions because they have not been "
4708"released yet. Specifying this in the APT preferences file would require one "
4709"of the following lines."
4710msgstr ""
4711
4712#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4713#: apt_preferences.5.xml:482
4714#, no-wrap
4715msgid ""
4716"Pin: release v=&stable-version;\n"
4717"Pin: release a=stable, v=&stable-version;\n"
4718"Pin: release &stable-version;\n"
4719msgstr ""
4720
4721#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4722#: apt_preferences.5.xml:491
4723msgid "the <literal>Component:</literal> line"
4724msgstr ""
4725
4726#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4727#: apt_preferences.5.xml:492
4728msgid ""
4729"names the licensing component associated with the packages in the directory "
4730"tree of the <filename>Release</filename> file. For example, the line "
4731"\"Component: main\" specifies that all the packages in the directory tree "
4732"are from the <literal>main</literal> component, which entails that they are "
4733"licensed under terms listed in the Debian Free Software Guidelines. "
4734"Specifying this component in the APT preferences file would require the "
4735"line:"
4736msgstr ""
4737
4738#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4739#: apt_preferences.5.xml:501
4740#, no-wrap
4741msgid "Pin: release c=main\n"
4742msgstr ""
4743
4744#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4745#: apt_preferences.5.xml:507
4746msgid "the <literal>Origin:</literal> line"
4747msgstr ""
4748
4749#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4750#: apt_preferences.5.xml:508
4751msgid ""
4752"names the originator of the packages in the directory tree of the "
4753"<filename>Release</filename> file. Most commonly, this is "
4754"<literal>Debian</literal>. Specifying this origin in the APT preferences "
4755"file would require the line:"
4756msgstr ""
4757
4758#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4759#: apt_preferences.5.xml:514
4760#, no-wrap
4761msgid "Pin: release o=Debian\n"
4762msgstr ""
4763
4764#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4765#: apt_preferences.5.xml:520
4766msgid "the <literal>Label:</literal> line"
4767msgstr ""
4768
4769#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4770#: apt_preferences.5.xml:521
4771msgid ""
4772"names the label of the packages in the directory tree of the "
4773"<filename>Release</filename> file. Most commonly, this is "
4774"<literal>Debian</literal>. Specifying this label in the APT preferences "
4775"file would require the line:"
4776msgstr ""
4777
4778#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4779#: apt_preferences.5.xml:527
4780#, no-wrap
4781msgid "Pin: release l=Debian\n"
4782msgstr ""
4783
4784#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4785#: apt_preferences.5.xml:534
4786msgid ""
4787"All of the <filename>Packages</filename> and <filename>Release</filename> "
4788"files retrieved from locations listed in the &sources-list; file are stored "
4789"in the directory <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists</filename>, or in the file "
4790"named by the variable <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> in the "
4791"<filename>apt.conf</filename> file. For example, the file "
4792"<filename>debian.lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-i386_Release</filename> "
4793"contains the <filename>Release</filename> file retrieved from the site "
4794"<literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> for <literal>binary-i386</literal> "
4795"architecture files from the <literal>contrib</literal> component of the "
4796"<literal>unstable</literal> distribution."
4797msgstr ""
4798
4799#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4800#: apt_preferences.5.xml:547
4801msgid "Optional Lines in an APT Preferences Record"
4802msgstr ""
4803
4804#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4805#: apt_preferences.5.xml:549
4806msgid ""
4807"Each record in the APT preferences file can optionally begin with one or "
4808"more lines beginning with the word <literal>Explanation:</literal>. This "
4809"provides a place for comments."
4810msgstr ""
4811
4812#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4813#: apt_preferences.5.xml:558
4814msgid "Tracking Stable"
4815msgstr ""
4816
4817#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4818#: apt_preferences.5.xml:566
4819#, no-wrap
4820msgid ""
4821"Explanation: Uninstall or do not install any Debian-originated\n"
4822"Explanation: package versions other than those in the stable distro\n"
4823"Package: *\n"
4824"Pin: release a=stable\n"
4825"Pin-Priority: 900\n"
4826"\n"
4827"Package: *\n"
4828"Pin: release o=Debian\n"
4829"Pin-Priority: -10\n"
4830msgstr ""
4831
4832#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4833#: apt_preferences.5.xml:560
4834msgid ""
4835"The following APT preferences file will cause APT to assign a priority "
4836"higher than the default (500) to all package versions belonging to a "
4837"<literal>stable</literal> distribution and a prohibitively low priority to "
4838"package versions belonging to other <literal>Debian</literal> "
4839"distributions. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
4840msgstr ""
4841
4842#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4843#: apt_preferences.5.xml:583 apt_preferences.5.xml:629 apt_preferences.5.xml:687
4844#, no-wrap
4845msgid ""
4846"apt-get install <replaceable>package-name</replaceable>\n"
4847"apt-get upgrade\n"
4848"apt-get dist-upgrade\n"
4849msgstr ""
4850
4851#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4852#: apt_preferences.5.xml:578
4853msgid ""
4854"With a suitable &sources-list; file and the above preferences file, any of "
4855"the following commands will cause APT to upgrade to the latest "
4856"<literal>stable</literal> version(s). <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
4857"id=\"0\"/>"
4858msgstr ""
4859
4860#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4861#: apt_preferences.5.xml:595
4862#, no-wrap
4863msgid "apt-get install <replaceable>package</replaceable>/testing\n"
4864msgstr ""
4865
4866#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4867#: apt_preferences.5.xml:589
4868msgid ""
4869"The following command will cause APT to upgrade the specified package to the "
4870"latest version from the <literal>testing</literal> distribution; the package "
4871"will not be upgraded again unless this command is given again. <placeholder "
4872"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
4873msgstr ""
4874
4875#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4876#: apt_preferences.5.xml:601
4877msgid "Tracking Testing or Unstable"
4878msgstr ""
4879
4880#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4881#: apt_preferences.5.xml:610
4882#, no-wrap
4883msgid ""
4884"Package: *\n"
4885"Pin: release a=testing\n"
4886"Pin-Priority: 900\n"
4887"\n"
4888"Package: *\n"
4889"Pin: release a=unstable\n"
4890"Pin-Priority: 800\n"
4891"\n"
4892"Package: *\n"
4893"Pin: release o=Debian\n"
4894"Pin-Priority: -10\n"
4895msgstr ""
4896
4897#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4898#: apt_preferences.5.xml:603
4899msgid ""
4900"The following APT preferences file will cause APT to assign a high priority "
4901"to package versions from the <literal>testing</literal> distribution, a "
4902"lower priority to package versions from the <literal>unstable</literal> "
4903"distribution, and a prohibitively low priority to package versions from "
4904"other <literal>Debian</literal> distributions. <placeholder "
4905"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
4906msgstr ""
4907
4908#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4909#: apt_preferences.5.xml:624
4910msgid ""
4911"With a suitable &sources-list; file and the above preferences file, any of "
4912"the following commands will cause APT to upgrade to the latest "
4913"<literal>testing</literal> version(s). <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
4914"id=\"0\"/>"
4915msgstr ""
4916
4917#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4918#: apt_preferences.5.xml:644
4919#, no-wrap
4920msgid "apt-get install <replaceable>package</replaceable>/unstable\n"
4921msgstr ""
4922
4923#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4924#: apt_preferences.5.xml:635
4925msgid ""
4926"The following command will cause APT to upgrade the specified package to the "
4927"latest version from the <literal>unstable</literal> distribution. "
4928"Thereafter, <command>apt-get upgrade</command> will upgrade the package to "
4929"the most recent <literal>testing</literal> version if that is more recent "
4930"than the installed version, otherwise, to the most recent "
4931"<literal>unstable</literal> version if that is more recent than the "
4932"installed version. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
4933msgstr ""
4934
4935#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4936#: apt_preferences.5.xml:651
4937msgid "Tracking the evolution of a codename release"
4938msgstr ""
4939
4940#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4941#: apt_preferences.5.xml:665
4942#, no-wrap
4943msgid ""
4944"Explanation: Uninstall or do not install any Debian-originated package "
4945"versions\n"
4946"Explanation: other than those in the distribution codenamed with "
4947"&testing-codename; or sid\n"
4948"Package: *\n"
4949"Pin: release n=&testing-codename;\n"
4950"Pin-Priority: 900\n"
4951"\n"
4952"Explanation: Debian unstable is always codenamed with sid\n"
4953"Package: *\n"
4954"Pin: release n=sid\n"
4955"Pin-Priority: 800\n"
4956"\n"
4957"Package: *\n"
4958"Pin: release o=Debian\n"
4959"Pin-Priority: -10\n"
4960msgstr ""
4961
4962#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4963#: apt_preferences.5.xml:653
4964msgid ""
4965"The following APT preferences file will cause APT to assign a priority "
4966"higher than the default (500) to all package versions belonging to a "
4967"specified codename of a distribution and a prohibitively low priority to "
4968"package versions belonging to other <literal>Debian</literal> distributions, "
4969"codenames and archives. Note that with this APT preference APT will follow "
4970"the migration of a release from the archive <literal>testing</literal> to "
4971"<literal>stable</literal> and later <literal>oldstable</literal>. If you "
4972"want to follow for example the progress in <literal>testing</literal> "
4973"notwithstanding the codename changes you should use the example "
4974"configurations above. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
4975msgstr ""
4976
4977#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4978#: apt_preferences.5.xml:682
4979msgid ""
4980"With a suitable &sources-list; file and the above preferences file, any of "
4981"the following commands will cause APT to upgrade to the latest version(s) in "
4982"the release codenamed with <literal>&testing-codename;</literal>. "
4983"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
4984msgstr ""
4985
4986#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4987#: apt_preferences.5.xml:702
4988#, no-wrap
4989msgid "apt-get install <replaceable>package</replaceable>/sid\n"
4990msgstr ""
4991
4992#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4993#: apt_preferences.5.xml:693
4994msgid ""
4995"The following command will cause APT to upgrade the specified package to the "
4996"latest version from the <literal>sid</literal> distribution. Thereafter, "
4997"<command>apt-get upgrade</command> will upgrade the package to the most "
4998"recent <literal>&testing-codename;</literal> version if that is more recent "
4999"than the installed version, otherwise, to the most recent "
5000"<literal>sid</literal> version if that is more recent than the installed "
5001"version. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5002msgstr ""
5003
5004#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5005#: apt_preferences.5.xml:717
5006msgid "&apt-get; &apt-cache; &apt-conf; &sources-list;"
5007msgstr ""
5008
5009#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
5010#: sources.list.5.xml:29
5011msgid "List of configured APT data sources"
5012msgstr ""
5013
5014#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5015#: sources.list.5.xml:34
5016msgid ""
5017"The source list <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and the the files "
5018"contained in <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list.d/</filename> are designed to "
5019"support any number of active sources and a variety of source media. The "
5020"files list one source per line (one line style) or contain multiline stanzas "
5021"defining one or more sources per stanza (deb822 style), with the most "
5022"preferred source listed first (in case a single version is available from "
5023"more than one source). The information available from the configured sources "
5024"is acquired by <command>apt-get update</command> (or by an equivalent "
5025"command from another APT front-end)."
5026msgstr ""
5027
5028#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5029#: sources.list.5.xml:45
5030msgid "sources.list.d"
5031msgstr ""
5032
5033#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5034#: sources.list.5.xml:46
5035msgid ""
5036"The <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list.d</filename> directory provides a way to "
5037"add sources.list entries in separate files. Two different file formats are "
5038"allowed as described in the next two sections. Filenames need to have "
5039"either the extension <filename>.list</filename> or "
5040"<filename>.sources</filename> depending on the contained format. The "
5041"filenames may only contain letters (a-z and A-Z), digits (0-9), underscore "
5042"(_), hyphen (-) and period (.) characters. Otherwise APT will print a "
5043"notice that it has ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the "
5044"<literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which "
5045"case it will be silently ignored."
5046msgstr ""
5047
5048#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5049#: sources.list.5.xml:58
5050msgid "one line style format"
5051msgstr ""
5052
5053#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5054#: sources.list.5.xml:60
5055msgid ""
5056"Files in this format have the extension <filename>.list</filename>. Each "
5057"line specifying a source starts with a type "
5058"(e.g. <literal>deb-src</literal>) followed by options and arguments for "
5059"this type. Individual entries cannot be continued onto a following "
5060"line. Empty lines are ignored, and a <literal>#</literal> character anywhere "
5061"on a line marks the remainder of that line as a comment. Consequently an "
5062"entry can be disabled by commenting out the entire line. If options should "
5063"be provided they are separated by spaces and all of them together are "
5064"enclosed by square brackets (<literal>[]</literal>) included in the line "
5065"after the type separated from it with a space. If an option allows multiple "
5066"values these are separated from each other with a comma "
5067"(<literal>,</literal>). An option name is separated from its value(s) by a "
5068"equal sign (<literal>=</literal>). Multivalue options have also "
5069"<literal>-=</literal> and <literal>+=</literal> as separator which instead "
5070"of replacing the default with the given value(s) modify the default value(s) "
5071"to remove or include the given values."
5072msgstr ""
5073
5074#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5075#: sources.list.5.xml:79
5076msgid ""
5077"This is the traditional format and supported by all apt versions. Note that "
5078"not all options as described below are supported by all apt versions. Note "
5079"also that some older applications parsing this format on its own might not "
5080"expect to encounter options as they were uncommon before the introduction of "
5081"multi-architecture support."
5082msgstr ""
5083
5084#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5085#: sources.list.5.xml:87
5086msgid "deb822 style format"
5087msgstr ""
5088
5089#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5090#: sources.list.5.xml:89
5091msgid ""
5092"Files in this format have the extension <filename>.sources</filename>. The "
5093"format is similar in syntax to other files used by Debian and its "
5094"derivatives, like the metadata itself apt will download from the configured "
5095"sources or the <filename>debian/control</filename> file in a Debian source "
5096"package. Individual entries are separated by an empty line, additional "
5097"empty lines are ignored, and a <literal>#</literal> character at the start "
5098"of the line marks the entire line as a comment. An entry can hence be "
5099"disabled by commenting out each line belonging to the stanza, but it is "
5100"usually easier to add the field \"Enabled: no\" to the stanza to disable the "
5101"entry. Removing the field or setting it to yes reenables it. Options have "
5102"the same syntax as every other field: A fieldname separated by a colon "
5103"(<literal>:</literal>) and optionally spaces from its value(s). Note "
5104"especially that multiple values are separated by spaces, not by commas as in "
5105"the one line format. Multivalue fields like <literal>Architectures</literal> "
5106"also have <literal>Architectures-Add</literal> and "
5107"<literal>Architectures-Remove</literal> to modify the default value rather "
5108"than replacing it."
5109msgstr ""
5110
5111#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5112#: sources.list.5.xml:108
5113msgid ""
5114"This is a new format supported by apt itself since version 1.1. Previous "
5115"versions ignore such files with a notice message as described earlier. It "
5116"is intended to make this format gradually the default format and deprecating "
5117"the previously described one line style format as it is easier to create, "
5118"extend and modify by humans and machines alike especially if a lot of "
5119"sources and/or options are involved. Developers who are working with and/or "
5120"parsing apt sources are highly encouraged to add support for this format and "
5121"to contact the APT team to coordinate and share this work. Users can freely "
5122"adopt this format already, but could encounter problems with software not "
5123"supporting the format yet."
5124msgstr ""
5125
5126#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5127#: sources.list.5.xml:123
5128msgid "The deb and deb-src types: General Format"
5129msgstr ""
5130
5131#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5132#: sources.list.5.xml:124
5133msgid ""
5134"The <literal>deb</literal> type references a typical two-level Debian "
5135"archive, <filename>distribution/component</filename>. The "
5136"<literal>distribution</literal> is generally a suite name like "
5137"<literal>stable</literal> or <literal>testing</literal> or a codename like "
5138"<literal>&stable-codename;</literal> or "
5139"<literal>&testing-codename;</literal> while component is one of "
5140"<literal>main</literal>, <literal>contrib</literal> or "
5141"<literal>non-free</literal>. The <literal>deb-src</literal> type references "
5142"a Debian distribution's source code in the same form as the "
5143"<literal>deb</literal> type. A <literal>deb-src</literal> line is required "
5144"to fetch source indexes."
5145msgstr ""
5146
5147#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5148#: sources.list.5.xml:135
5149msgid ""
5150"The format for two one line style entries using the <literal>deb</literal> "
5151"and <literal>deb-src</literal> types is:"
5152msgstr ""
5153
5154#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5155#: sources.list.5.xml:138
5156#, no-wrap
5157msgid ""
5158"deb [ option1=value1 option2=value2 ] uri suite [component1] [component2] "
5159"[...]\n"
5160"deb-src [ option1=value1 option2=value2 ] uri suite [component1] "
5161"[component2] [...]"
5162msgstr ""
5163
5164#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5165#: sources.list.5.xml:143
5166#, no-wrap
5167msgid ""
5168" Types: deb deb-src\n"
5169" URIs: uri\n"
5170" Suites: suite\n"
5171" Components: [component1] [component2] [...]\n"
5172" option1: value1\n"
5173" option2: value2\n"
5174" "
5175msgstr ""
5176
5177#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5178#: sources.list.5.xml:141
5179msgid ""
5180"Alternatively the equivalent entry in deb822 style looks like this: "
5181"<placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/>"
5182msgstr ""
5183
5184#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5185#: sources.list.5.xml:152
5186msgid ""
5187"The URI for the <literal>deb</literal> type must specify the base of the "
5188"Debian distribution, from which APT will find the information it needs. "
5189"<literal>suite</literal> can specify an exact path, in which case the "
5190"components must be omitted and <literal>suite</literal> must end with a "
5191"slash (<literal>/</literal>). This is useful for the case when only a "
5192"particular sub-directory of the archive denoted by the URI is of interest. "
5193"If <literal>suite</literal> does not specify an exact path, at least one "
5194"<literal>component</literal> must be present."
5195msgstr ""
5196
5197#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5198#: sources.list.5.xml:161
5199msgid ""
5200"<literal>suite</literal> may also contain a variable, "
5201"<literal>$(ARCH)</literal> which expands to the Debian architecture (such as "
5202"<literal>amd64</literal> or <literal>armel</literal>) used on the "
5203"system. This permits architecture-independent "
5204"<filename>sources.list</filename> files to be used. In general this is only "
5205"of interest when specifying an exact path, <literal>APT</literal> will "
5206"automatically generate a URI with the current architecture otherwise."
5207msgstr ""
5208
5209#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5210#: sources.list.5.xml:169
5211msgid ""
5212"Especially in the one line style format since only one distribution can be "
5213"specified per line it may be necessary to have multiple lines for the same "
5214"URI, if a subset of all available distributions or components at that "
5215"location is desired. APT will sort the URI list after it has generated a "
5216"complete set internally, and will collapse multiple references to the same "
5217"Internet host, for instance, into a single connection, so that it does not "
5218"inefficiently establish a connection, close it, do something else, and then "
5219"re-establish a connection to that same host. APT also parallelizes "
5220"connections to different hosts to more effectively deal with sites with low "
5221"bandwidth."
5222msgstr ""
5223
5224#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5225#: sources.list.5.xml:181
5226msgid ""
5227"It is important to list sources in order of preference, with the most "
5228"preferred source listed first. Typically this will result in sorting by "
5229"speed from fastest to slowest (CD-ROM followed by hosts on a local network, "
5230"followed by distant Internet hosts, for example)."
5231msgstr ""
5232
5233#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5234#: sources.list.5.xml:188
5235#, no-wrap
5236msgid "&sourceslist-list-format;"
5237msgstr ""
5238
5239#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5240#: sources.list.5.xml:190
5241#, no-wrap
5242msgid "&sourceslist-sources-format;"
5243msgstr ""
5244
5245#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5246#: sources.list.5.xml:186
5247msgid ""
5248"As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in one "
5249"line style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or like "
5250"this in deb822 style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/>"
5251msgstr ""
5252
5253#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5254#: sources.list.5.xml:193
5255msgid "The deb and deb-src types: Options"
5256msgstr ""
5257
5258#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5259#: sources.list.5.xml:194
5260msgid ""
5261"Each source entry can have options specified modifying which and how the "
5262"source is accessed and data acquired from it. Format, syntax and names of "
5263"the options varies between the two formats one line and deb822 style as "
5264"described, but they have both the same options available. For simplicity we "
5265"list the deb822 fieldname and provide the one line name in brackets. "
5266"Remember that beside setting multivalue options explicitly, there is also "
5267"the option to modify them based on the default, but we aren't listing those "
5268"names explicitly here. Unsupported options are silently ignored by all APT "
5269"versions."
5270msgstr ""
5271
5272#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5273#: sources.list.5.xml:205
5274msgid ""
5275"<option>Architectures</option> (<option>arch</option>) is a multivalue "
5276"option defining for which architectures information should be downloaded. If "
5277"this option isn't set the default is all architectures as defined by the "
5278"<option>APT::Architectures</option> config option."
5279msgstr ""
5280
5281#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5282#: sources.list.5.xml:212
5283msgid ""
5284"<option>Languages</option> (<option>lang</option>) is a multivalue option "
5285"defining for which languages information like translated package "
5286"descriptions should be downloaded. If this option isn't set the default is "
5287"all languages as defined by the <option>Acquire::Languages</option> config "
5288"option."
5289msgstr ""
5290
5291#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5292#: sources.list.5.xml:220
5293msgid ""
5294"<option>Targets</option> (<option>target</option>) is a multivalue option "
5295"defining which download targets apt will try to acquire from this source. If "
5296"not specified, the default set is defined by the "
5297"<option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> configuration scope. Aditionally, "
5298"specific targets can be enabled or disabled by using the identifier as field "
5299"name instead of using this multivalue option."
5300msgstr ""
5301
5302#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5303#: sources.list.5.xml:230
5304msgid ""
5305"<option>PDiffs</option> (<option>pdiffs</option>) is a yes/no value which "
5306"controls if APT should try to use PDiffs to update old indexes instead of "
5307"downloading the new indexes entirely. The value of this option is ignored if "
5308"the repository doesn't announce the availability of PDiffs. Defaults to the "
5309"value of the option with the same name for a specific index file defined in "
5310"the <option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> scope, which itself default to "
5311"the value of configuration option <option>Acquire::PDiffs</option> which "
5312"defaults to <literal>yes</literal>."
5313msgstr ""
5314
5315#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5316#: sources.list.5.xml:245
5317msgid ""
5318"Further more, there are options which if set effect <emphasis>all</emphasis> "
5319"sources with the same URI and Suite, so they have to be set on all such "
5320"entries and can not be varied between different components. APT will try to "
5321"detect and error out on such anomalies."
5322msgstr ""
5323
5324#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5325#: sources.list.5.xml:252
5326msgid ""
5327"<option>Signed-By</option> (<option>signed-by</option>) is either an "
5328"absolute path to a keyring file (has to be accessible and readable for the "
5329"<literal>_apt</literal> user, so ensure everyone has read-permissions on the "
5330"file) or a fingerprint of a key in either the "
5331"<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> keyring or in one of the keyrings in the "
5332"<filename>trusted.gpg.d/</filename> directory (see <command>apt-key "
5333"fingerprint</command>). If the option is set only the key(s) in this keyring "
5334"or only the key with this fingerprint is used for the &apt-secure; "
5335"verification of this repository. Otherwise all keys in the trusted keyrings "
5336"are considered valid signers for this repository."
5337msgstr ""
5338
5339#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5340#: sources.list.5.xml:266
5341msgid ""
5342"<option>Check-Valid-Until</option> (<option>check-valid-until</option>) is "
5343"a yes/no value which controls if APT should try to detect replay attacks. A "
5344"repository creator can declare until then the data provided in the "
5345"repository should be considered valid and if this time is reached, but no "
5346"new data is provided the data is considered expired and an error is raised. "
5347"Beside increasing security as a malicious attacker can't sent old data "
5348"forever denying a user to be able to upgrade to a new version, this also "
5349"helps users identify mirrors which are no longer updated. Some repositories "
5350"like historic archives aren't updated anymore by design through, so this "
5351"check can be disabled by setting this option to <literal>no</literal>. "
5352"Defaults to the value of configuration option "
5353"<option>Acquire::Check-Valid-Until</option> which itself defaults to "
5354"<literal>yes</literal>."
5355msgstr ""
5356
5357#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5358#: sources.list.5.xml:283
5359msgid ""
5360"<option>Valid-Until-Min</option> (<option>valid-until-min</option>) and "
5361"<option>Valid-Until-Max</option> (<option>valid-until-max</option>) can be "
5362"used to raise or lower the time period in seconds in which the data from "
5363"this repository is considered valid. -Max can be especially useful if the "
5364"repository provides no Valid-Until field on its Release file to set your own "
5365"value, while -Min can be used to increase the valid time on seldom updated "
5366"(local) mirrors of a more frequently updated but less accessible archive "
5367"(which is in the sources.list as well) instead of disabling the check "
5368"entirely. Default to the value of the configuration options "
5369"<option>Acquire::Min-ValidTime</option> and "
5370"<option>Acquire::Max-ValidTime</option> which are both unset by default."
5371msgstr ""
5372
5373#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5374#: sources.list.5.xml:305
5375msgid "URI specification"
5376msgstr ""
5377
5378#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5379#: sources.list.5.xml:307
5380msgid "The currently recognized URI types are:"
5381msgstr ""
5382
5383#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5384#: sources.list.5.xml:311
5385msgid ""
5386"The file scheme allows an arbitrary directory in the file system to be "
5387"considered an archive. This is useful for NFS mounts and local mirrors or "
5388"archives."
5389msgstr ""
5390
5391#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5392#: sources.list.5.xml:318
5393msgid ""
5394"The cdrom scheme allows APT to use a local CD-ROM drive with media "
5395"swapping. Use the &apt-cdrom; program to create cdrom entries in the source "
5396"list."
5397msgstr ""
5398
5399#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5400#: sources.list.5.xml:325
5401msgid ""
5402"The http scheme specifies an HTTP server for the archive. If an environment "
5403"variable <envar>http_proxy</envar> is set with the format "
5404"http://server:port/, the proxy server specified in <envar>http_proxy</envar> "
5405"will be used. Users of authenticated HTTP/1.1 proxies may use a string of "
5406"the format http://user:pass@server:port/. Note that this is an insecure "
5407"method of authentication."
5408msgstr ""
5409
5410#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5411#: sources.list.5.xml:336
5412msgid ""
5413"The ftp scheme specifies an FTP server for the archive. APT's FTP behavior "
5414"is highly configurable; for more information see the &apt-conf; manual "
5415"page. Please note that an FTP proxy can be specified by using the "
5416"<envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment variable. It is possible to specify an "
5417"HTTP proxy (HTTP proxy servers often understand FTP URLs) using this "
5418"environment variable and <emphasis>only</emphasis> this environment "
5419"variable. Proxies using HTTP specified in the configuration file will be "
5420"ignored."
5421msgstr ""
5422
5423#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5424#: sources.list.5.xml:348
5425msgid ""
5426"The copy scheme is identical to the file scheme except that packages are "
5427"copied into the cache directory instead of used directly at their location. "
5428"This is useful for people using removable media to copy files around with "
5429"APT."
5430msgstr ""
5431
5432#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5433#: sources.list.5.xml:355
5434msgid ""
5435"The rsh/ssh method invokes RSH/SSH to connect to a remote host and access "
5436"the files as a given user. Prior configuration of rhosts or RSA keys is "
5437"recommended. The standard <command>find</command> and <command>dd</command> "
5438"commands are used to perform the file transfers from the remote host."
5439msgstr ""
5440
5441#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
5442#: sources.list.5.xml:362
5443msgid "adding more recognizable URI types"
5444msgstr ""
5445
5446#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5447#: sources.list.5.xml:364
5448msgid ""
5449"APT can be extended with more methods shipped in other optional packages, "
5450"which should follow the naming scheme "
5451"<package>apt-transport-<replaceable>method</replaceable></package>. For "
5452"instance, the APT team also maintains the package "
5453"<package>apt-transport-https</package>, which provides access methods for "
5454"HTTPS URIs with features similar to the http method. Methods for using "
5455"e.g. debtorrent are also available - see &apt-transport-debtorrent;."
5456msgstr ""
5457
5458#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5459#: sources.list.5.xml:376
5460msgid ""
5461"Uses the archive stored locally (or NFS mounted) at /home/apt/debian for "
5462"stable/main, stable/contrib, and stable/non-free."
5463msgstr ""
5464
5465#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5466#: sources.list.5.xml:378
5467#, no-wrap
5468msgid "deb file:/home/apt/debian stable main contrib non-free"
5469msgstr ""
5470
5471#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5472#: sources.list.5.xml:379
5473#, no-wrap
5474msgid ""
5475"Types: deb\n"
5476"URIs: file:/home/apt/debian\n"
5477"Suites: stable\n"
5478"Components: main contrib non-free"
5479msgstr ""
5480
5481#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5482#: sources.list.5.xml:384
5483msgid "As above, except this uses the unstable (development) distribution."
5484msgstr ""
5485
5486#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5487#: sources.list.5.xml:385
5488#, no-wrap
5489msgid "deb file:/home/apt/debian unstable main contrib non-free"
5490msgstr ""
5491
5492#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5493#: sources.list.5.xml:386
5494#, no-wrap
5495msgid ""
5496"Types: deb\n"
5497"URIs: file:/home/apt/debian\n"
5498"Suites: unstable\n"
5499"Components: main contrib non-free"
5500msgstr ""
5501
5502#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5503#: sources.list.5.xml:391
5504msgid "Source line for the above"
5505msgstr ""
5506
5507#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5508#: sources.list.5.xml:392
5509#, no-wrap
5510msgid "deb-src file:/home/apt/debian unstable main contrib non-free"
5511msgstr ""
5512
5513#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5514#: sources.list.5.xml:393
5515#, no-wrap
5516msgid ""
5517"Types: deb-src\n"
5518"URIs: file:/home/apt/debian\n"
5519"Suites: unstable\n"
5520"Components: main contrib non-free"
5521msgstr ""
5522
5523#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5524#: sources.list.5.xml:399
5525msgid ""
5526"The first line gets package information for the architectures in "
5527"<literal>APT::Architectures</literal> while the second always retrieves "
5528"<literal>amd64</literal> and <literal>armel</literal>."
5529msgstr ""
5530
5531#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5532#: sources.list.5.xml:401
5533#, no-wrap
5534msgid ""
5535"deb http://httpredir.debian.org/debian &stable-codename; main\n"
5536"deb [ arch=amd64,armel ] http://httpredir.debian.org/debian "
5537"&stable-codename; main"
5538msgstr ""
5539
5540#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5541#: sources.list.5.xml:403
5542#, no-wrap
5543msgid ""
5544"Types: deb\n"
5545"URIs: http://httpredir.debian.org/debian\n"
5546"Suites: &stable-codename;\n"
5547"Components: main\n"
5548"\n"
5549"Types: deb\n"
5550"URIs: http://httpredir.debian.org/debian\n"
5551"Suites: &stable-codename;\n"
5552"Components: main\n"
5553"Architectures: amd64 armel\n"
5554msgstr ""
5555
5556#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5557#: sources.list.5.xml:415
5558msgid ""
5559"Uses HTTP to access the archive at archive.debian.org, and uses only the "
5560"hamm/main area."
5561msgstr ""
5562
5563#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5564#: sources.list.5.xml:417
5565#, no-wrap
5566msgid "deb http://archive.debian.org/debian-archive hamm main"
5567msgstr ""
5568
5569#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5570#: sources.list.5.xml:418
5571#, no-wrap
5572msgid ""
5573"Types: deb\n"
5574"URIs: http://archive.debian.org/debian-archive\n"
5575"Suites: hamm\n"
5576"Components: main"
5577msgstr ""
5578
5579#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5580#: sources.list.5.xml:423
5581msgid ""
5582"Uses FTP to access the archive at ftp.debian.org, under the debian "
5583"directory, and uses only the &stable-codename;/contrib area."
5584msgstr ""
5585
5586#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5587#: sources.list.5.xml:425
5588#, no-wrap
5589msgid "deb ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian &stable-codename; contrib"
5590msgstr ""
5591
5592#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5593#: sources.list.5.xml:426
5594#, no-wrap
5595msgid ""
5596"Types: deb\n"
5597"URIs: ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian\n"
5598"Suites: &stable-codename;\n"
5599"Components: contrib"
5600msgstr ""
5601
5602#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5603#: sources.list.5.xml:431
5604msgid ""
5605"Uses FTP to access the archive at ftp.debian.org, under the debian "
5606"directory, and uses only the unstable/contrib area. If this line appears as "
5607"well as the one in the previous example in <filename>sources.list</filename> "
5608"a single FTP session will be used for both resource lines."
5609msgstr ""
5610
5611#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5612#: sources.list.5.xml:435
5613#, no-wrap
5614msgid "deb ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian unstable contrib"
5615msgstr ""
5616
5617#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5618#: sources.list.5.xml:436
5619#, no-wrap
5620msgid ""
5621"Types: deb\n"
5622"URIs: ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian\n"
5623"Suites: unstable\n"
5624"Components: contrib"
5625msgstr ""
5626
5627#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5628#: sources.list.5.xml:448
5629#, no-wrap
5630msgid "deb http://ftp.tlh.debian.org/universe unstable/binary-$(ARCH)/"
5631msgstr ""
5632
5633#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5634#: sources.list.5.xml:449
5635#, no-wrap
5636msgid ""
5637"Types: deb\n"
5638"URIs: http://ftp.tlh.debian.org/universe\n"
5639"Suites: unstable/binary-$(ARCH)/"
5640msgstr ""
5641
5642#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5643#: sources.list.5.xml:441
5644msgid ""
5645"Uses HTTP to access the archive at ftp.tlh.debian.org, under the universe "
5646"directory, and uses only files found under "
5647"<filename>unstable/binary-i386</filename> on i386 machines, "
5648"<filename>unstable/binary-amd64</filename> on amd64, and so forth for other "
5649"supported architectures. [Note this example only illustrates how to use the "
5650"substitution variable; official debian archives are not structured like "
5651"this] <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder "
5652"type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/>"
5653msgstr ""
5654
5655#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5656#: sources.list.5.xml:454
5657msgid ""
5658"Uses HTTP to get binary packages as well as sources from the stable, testing "
5659"and unstable suites and the components main and contrib."
5660msgstr ""
5661
5662#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5663#: sources.list.5.xml:456
5664#, no-wrap
5665msgid ""
5666"deb http://httpredir.debian.org/debian stable main contrib\n"
5667"deb-src http://httpredir.debian.org/debian stable main contrib\n"
5668"deb http://httpredir.debian.org/debian testing main contrib\n"
5669"deb-src http://httpredir.debian.org/debian testing main contrib\n"
5670"deb http://httpredir.debian.org/debian unstable main contrib\n"
5671"deb-src http://httpredir.debian.org/debian unstable main contrib"
5672msgstr ""
5673
5674#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5675#: sources.list.5.xml:462
5676#, no-wrap
5677msgid ""
5678"Types: deb deb-src\n"
5679"URIs: http://httpredir.debian.org/debian\n"
5680"Suites: stable testing unstable\n"
5681"Components: main contrib\n"
5682msgstr ""
5683
5684#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5685#: sources.list.5.xml:471
5686msgid "&apt-get;, &apt-conf;"
5687msgstr ""
5688
5689#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
5690#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:22 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:22 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:22
5691msgid "1"
5692msgstr ""
5693
5694#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
5695#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:29
5696msgid ""
5697"Utility to extract <command>debconf</command> config and templates from "
5698"Debian packages"
5699msgstr ""
5700
5701#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5702#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:35
5703msgid ""
5704"<command>apt-extracttemplates</command> will take one or more Debian package "
5705"files as input and write out (to a temporary directory) all associated "
5706"config scripts and template files. For each passed in package that contains "
5707"config scripts and templates, one line of output will be generated in the "
5708"format:"
5709msgstr ""
5710
5711#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5712#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:40
5713msgid "package version template-file config-script"
5714msgstr ""
5715
5716#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5717#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:41
5718msgid ""
5719"template-file and config-script are written to the temporary directory "
5720"specified by the <option>-t</option> or <option>--tempdir</option> "
5721"(<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>) directory, with "
5722"filenames of the form <filename>package.template.XXXXXX</filename> and "
5723"<filename>package.config.XXXXXX</filename>"
5724msgstr ""
5725
5726#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5727#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:54
5728msgid ""
5729"Temporary directory in which to write extracted <command>debconf</command> "
5730"template files and config scripts. Configuration Item: "
5731"<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>"
5732msgstr ""
5733
5734#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5735#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:71
5736msgid ""
5737"<command>apt-extracttemplates</command> returns zero on normal operation, "
5738"decimal 100 on error."
5739msgstr ""
5740
5741#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
5742#: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:29
5743msgid "Utility to sort package index files"
5744msgstr ""
5745
5746#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5747#: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:35
5748msgid ""
5749"<command>apt-sortpkgs</command> will take an index file (source index or "
5750"package index) and sort the records so that they are ordered by the package "
5751"name. It will also sort the internal fields of each record according to the "
5752"internal sorting rules."
5753msgstr ""
5754
5755#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5756#: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:41
5757msgid "All output is sent to standard output; the input must be a seekable file."
5758msgstr ""
5759
5760#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5761#: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:50
5762msgid ""
5763"Use source index field ordering. Configuration Item: "
5764"<literal>APT::SortPkgs::Source</literal>."
5765msgstr ""
5766
5767#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5768#: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:64
5769msgid ""
5770"<command>apt-sortpkgs</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal "
5771"100 on error."
5772msgstr ""
5773
5774#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
5775#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:29
5776msgid "Utility to generate index files"
5777msgstr ""
5778
5779#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5780#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:35
5781msgid ""
5782"<command>apt-ftparchive</command> is the command line tool that generates "
5783"the index files that APT uses to access a distribution source. The index "
5784"files should be generated on the origin site based on the content of that "
5785"site."
5786msgstr ""
5787
5788#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5789#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:39
5790msgid ""
5791"<command>apt-ftparchive</command> is a superset of the &dpkg-scanpackages; "
5792"program, incorporating its entire functionality via the "
5793"<literal>packages</literal> command. It also contains a contents file "
5794"generator, <literal>contents</literal>, and an elaborate means to 'script' "
5795"the generation process for a complete archive."
5796msgstr ""
5797
5798#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5799#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:45
5800msgid ""
5801"Internally <command>apt-ftparchive</command> can make use of binary "
5802"databases to cache the contents of a .deb file and it does not rely on any "
5803"external programs aside from &gzip;. When doing a full generate it "
5804"automatically performs file-change checks and builds the desired compressed "
5805"output files."
5806msgstr ""
5807
5808#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5809#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:56
5810msgid ""
5811"The packages command generates a package file from a directory tree. It "
5812"takes the given directory and recursively searches it for .deb files, "
5813"emitting a package record to stdout for each. This command is approximately "
5814"equivalent to &dpkg-scanpackages;."
5815msgstr ""
5816
5817#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5818#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:61 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:85
5819msgid "The option <option>--db</option> can be used to specify a binary caching DB."
5820msgstr ""
5821
5822#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5823#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:66
5824msgid ""
5825"The <literal>sources</literal> command generates a source index file from a "
5826"directory tree. It takes the given directory and recursively searches it "
5827"for .dsc files, emitting a source record to stdout for each. This command is "
5828"approximately equivalent to &dpkg-scansources;."
5829msgstr ""
5830
5831#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5832#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:71
5833msgid ""
5834"If an override file is specified then a source override file will be looked "
5835"for with an extension of .src. The --source-override option can be used to "
5836"change the source override file that will be used."
5837msgstr ""
5838
5839#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5840#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:78
5841msgid ""
5842"The <literal>contents</literal> command generates a contents file from a "
5843"directory tree. It takes the given directory and recursively searches it for "
5844".deb files, and reads the file list from each file. It then sorts and writes "
5845"to stdout the list of files matched to packages. Directories are not written "
5846"to the output. If multiple packages own the same file then each package is "
5847"separated by a comma in the output."
5848msgstr ""
5849
5850#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5851#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:90
5852msgid ""
5853"The <literal>release</literal> command generates a Release file from a "
5854"directory tree. It recursively searches the given directory for uncompressed "
5855"<filename>Packages</filename> and <filename>Sources</filename> files and "
5856"ones compressed with <command>gzip</command>, <command>bzip2</command> or "
5857"<command>lzma</command> as well as <filename>Release</filename> and "
5858"<filename>md5sum.txt</filename> files by default "
5859"(<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Default-Patterns</literal>). Additional "
5860"filename patterns can be added by listing them in "
5861"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>. It then writes to "
5862"stdout a <filename>Release</filename> file containing an MD5, SHA1 and "
5863"SHA256 digest for each file."
5864msgstr ""
5865
5866#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5867#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:100
5868msgid ""
5869"Values for the additional metadata fields in the Release file are taken from "
5870"the corresponding variables under "
5871"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release</literal>, "
5872"e.g. <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Origin</literal>. The supported "
5873"fields are: <literal>Origin</literal>, <literal>Label</literal>, "
5874"<literal>Suite</literal>, <literal>Version</literal>, "
5875"<literal>Codename</literal>, <literal>Date</literal>, "
5876"<literal>Valid-Until</literal>, <literal>Architectures</literal>, "
5877"<literal>Components</literal>, <literal>Description</literal>."
5878msgstr ""
5879
5880#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5881#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:113
5882msgid ""
5883"The <literal>generate</literal> command is designed to be runnable from a "
5884"cron script and builds indexes according to the given config file. The "
5885"config language provides a flexible means of specifying which index files "
5886"are built from which directories, as well as providing a simple means of "
5887"maintaining the required settings."
5888msgstr ""
5889
5890#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5891#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:122
5892msgid ""
5893"The <literal>clean</literal> command tidies the databases used by the given "
5894"configuration file by removing any records that are no longer necessary."
5895msgstr ""
5896
5897#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5898#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:128
5899msgid "The Generate Configuration"
5900msgstr ""
5901
5902#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5903#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:130
5904msgid ""
5905"The <literal>generate</literal> command uses a configuration file to "
5906"describe the archives that are going to be generated. It follows the typical "
5907"ISC configuration format as seen in ISC tools like bind 8 and dhcpd. "
5908"&apt-conf; contains a description of the syntax. Note that the generate "
5909"configuration is parsed in sectional manner, but &apt-conf; is parsed in a "
5910"tree manner. This only effects how the scope tag is handled."
5911msgstr ""
5912
5913#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5914#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:138
5915msgid "The generate configuration has four separate sections, each described below."
5916msgstr ""
5917
5918#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
5919#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:140
5920msgid "<literal>Dir</literal> Section"
5921msgstr ""
5922
5923#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5924#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:142
5925msgid ""
5926"The <literal>Dir</literal> section defines the standard directories needed "
5927"to locate the files required during the generation process. These "
5928"directories are prepended certain relative paths defined in later sections "
5929"to produce a complete an absolute path."
5930msgstr ""
5931
5932#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5933#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:149
5934msgid ""
5935"Specifies the root of the FTP archive, in a standard Debian configuration "
5936"this is the directory that contains the <filename>ls-LR</filename> and dist "
5937"nodes."
5938msgstr ""
5939
5940#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5941#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:156
5942msgid "Specifies the location of the override files."
5943msgstr ""
5944
5945#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5946#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:161
5947msgid "Specifies the location of the cache files."
5948msgstr ""
5949
5950#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5951#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:166
5952msgid ""
5953"Specifies the location of the file list files, if the "
5954"<literal>FileList</literal> setting is used below."
5955msgstr ""
5956
5957#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
5958#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:172
5959msgid "<literal>Default</literal> Section"
5960msgstr ""
5961
5962#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5963#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:174
5964msgid ""
5965"The <literal>Default</literal> section specifies default values, and "
5966"settings that control the operation of the generator. Other sections may "
5967"override these defaults with a per-section setting."
5968msgstr ""
5969
5970#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5971#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:180
5972msgid ""
5973"Sets the default compression schemes to use for the package index files. It "
5974"is a string that contains a space separated list of at least one of: '.' (no "
5975"compression), 'gzip' and 'bzip2'. The default for all compression schemes is "
5976"'. gzip'."
5977msgstr ""
5978
5979#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5980#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:188
5981msgid ""
5982"Sets the default list of file extensions that are package files. This "
5983"defaults to '.deb'."
5984msgstr ""
5985
5986#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5987#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:194
5988msgid ""
5989"This is similar to <literal>Packages::Compress</literal> except that it "
5990"controls the compression for the Sources files."
5991msgstr ""
5992
5993#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5994#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:200
5995msgid ""
5996"Sets the default list of file extensions that are source files. This "
5997"defaults to '.dsc'."
5998msgstr ""
5999
6000#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6001#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:206
6002msgid ""
6003"This is similar to <literal>Packages::Compress</literal> except that it "
6004"controls the compression for the Contents files."
6005msgstr ""
6006
6007#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6008#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:212
6009msgid ""
6010"This is similar to <literal>Packages::Compress</literal> except that it "
6011"controls the compression for the Translation-en master file."
6012msgstr ""
6013
6014#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6015#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:218
6016msgid ""
6017"Specifies the number of kilobytes to delink (and replace with hard links) "
6018"per run. This is used in conjunction with the per-section "
6019"<literal>External-Links</literal> setting."
6020msgstr ""
6021
6022#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6023#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:225
6024msgid ""
6025"Specifies the mode of all created index files. It defaults to 0644. All "
6026"index files are set to this mode with no regard to the umask."
6027msgstr ""
6028
6029#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6030#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:232 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:378
6031msgid ""
6032"Specifies whether long descriptions should be included in the "
6033"<filename>Packages</filename> file or split out into a master "
6034"<filename>Translation-en</filename> file."
6035msgstr ""
6036
6037#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
6038#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:238
6039msgid "<literal>TreeDefault</literal> Section"
6040msgstr ""
6041
6042#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6043#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:240
6044msgid ""
6045"Sets defaults specific to <literal>Tree</literal> sections. All of these "
6046"variables are substitution variables and have the strings $(DIST), "
6047"$(SECTION) and $(ARCH) replaced with their respective values."
6048msgstr ""
6049
6050#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6051#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:247
6052msgid ""
6053"Sets the number of kilobytes of contents files that are generated each "
6054"day. The contents files are round-robined so that over several days they "
6055"will all be rebuilt."
6056msgstr ""
6057
6058#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6059#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:254
6060msgid ""
6061"Controls the number of days a contents file is allowed to be checked without "
6062"changing. If this limit is passed the mtime of the contents file is "
6063"updated. This case can occur if the package file is changed in such a way "
6064"that does not result in a new contents file [override edit for instance]. A "
6065"hold off is allowed in hopes that new .debs will be installed, requiring a "
6066"new file anyhow. The default is 10, the units are in days."
6067msgstr ""
6068
6069#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6070#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:265
6071msgid ""
6072"Sets the top of the .deb directory tree. Defaults to "
6073"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>"
6074msgstr ""
6075
6076#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6077#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:271
6078msgid ""
6079"Sets the top of the source package directory tree. Defaults to "
6080"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>"
6081msgstr ""
6082
6083#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6084#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:277
6085msgid ""
6086"Sets the output Packages file. Defaults to "
6087"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/Packages</filename>"
6088msgstr ""
6089
6090#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6091#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:283
6092msgid ""
6093"Sets the output Sources file. Defaults to "
6094"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/Sources</filename>"
6095msgstr ""
6096
6097#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6098#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:289
6099msgid ""
6100"Sets the output Translation-en master file with the long descriptions if "
6101"they should be not included in the Packages file. Defaults to "
6102"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename>"
6103msgstr ""
6104
6105#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6106#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:296
6107msgid ""
6108"Sets the path prefix that causes a symlink to be considered an internal link "
6109"instead of an external link. Defaults to "
6110"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/</filename>"
6111msgstr ""
6112
6113#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6114#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:303
6115msgid ""
6116"Sets the output Contents file. Defaults to "
6117"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/Contents-$(ARCH)</filename>. If this setting "
6118"causes multiple Packages files to map onto a single Contents file (as is the "
6119"default) then <command>apt-ftparchive</command> will integrate those "
6120"package files together automatically."
6121msgstr ""
6122
6123#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6124#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:312
6125msgid "Sets header file to prepend to the contents output."
6126msgstr ""
6127
6128#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6129#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:317
6130msgid ""
6131"Sets the binary cache database to use for this section. Multiple sections "
6132"can share the same database."
6133msgstr ""
6134
6135#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6136#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:323
6137msgid ""
6138"Specifies that instead of walking the directory tree, "
6139"<command>apt-ftparchive</command> should read the list of files from the "
6140"given file. Relative files names are prefixed with the archive directory."
6141msgstr ""
6142
6143#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6144#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:330
6145msgid ""
6146"Specifies that instead of walking the directory tree, "
6147"<command>apt-ftparchive</command> should read the list of files from the "
6148"given file. Relative files names are prefixed with the archive directory. "
6149"This is used when processing source indexes."
6150msgstr ""
6151
6152#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
6153#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:338
6154msgid "<literal>Tree</literal> Section"
6155msgstr ""
6156
6157#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6158#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:340
6159msgid ""
6160"The <literal>Tree</literal> section defines a standard Debian file tree "
6161"which consists of a base directory, then multiple sections in that base "
6162"directory and finally multiple Architectures in each section. The exact "
6163"pathing used is defined by the <literal>Directory</literal> substitution "
6164"variable."
6165msgstr ""
6166
6167#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6168#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:345
6169msgid ""
6170"The <literal>Tree</literal> section takes a scope tag which sets the "
6171"<literal>$(DIST)</literal> variable and defines the root of the tree (the "
6172"path is prefixed by <literal>ArchiveDir</literal>). Typically this is a "
6173"setting such as <filename>dists/&stable-codename;</filename>."
6174msgstr ""
6175
6176#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6177#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:350
6178msgid ""
6179"All of the settings defined in the <literal>TreeDefault</literal> section "
6180"can be used in a <literal>Tree</literal> section as well as three new "
6181"variables."
6182msgstr ""
6183
6184#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
6185#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:356
6186#, no-wrap
6187msgid ""
6188"for i in Sections do \n"
6189" for j in Architectures do\n"
6190" Generate for DIST=scope SECTION=i ARCH=j\n"
6191" "
6192msgstr ""
6193
6194#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6195#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:353
6196msgid ""
6197"When processing a <literal>Tree</literal> section "
6198"<command>apt-ftparchive</command> performs an operation similar to: "
6199"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
6200msgstr ""
6201
6202#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6203#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:364
6204msgid ""
6205"This is a space separated list of sections which appear under the "
6206"distribution; typically this is something like <literal>main contrib "
6207"non-free</literal>"
6208msgstr ""
6209
6210#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6211#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:371
6212msgid ""
6213"This is a space separated list of all the architectures that appear under "
6214"search section. The special architecture 'source' is used to indicate that "
6215"this tree has a source archive."
6216msgstr ""
6217
6218#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6219#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:384
6220msgid ""
6221"Sets the binary override file. The override file contains section, priority "
6222"and maintainer address information."
6223msgstr ""
6224
6225#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6226#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:390
6227msgid ""
6228"Sets the source override file. The override file contains section "
6229"information."
6230msgstr ""
6231
6232#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6233#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:396 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:442
6234msgid "Sets the binary extra override file."
6235msgstr ""
6236
6237#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6238#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:401 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:447
6239msgid "Sets the source extra override file."
6240msgstr ""
6241
6242#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
6243#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:406
6244msgid "<literal>BinDirectory</literal> Section"
6245msgstr ""
6246
6247#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6248#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:408
6249msgid ""
6250"The <literal>bindirectory</literal> section defines a binary directory tree "
6251"with no special structure. The scope tag specifies the location of the "
6252"binary directory and the settings are similar to the <literal>Tree</literal> "
6253"section with no substitution variables or "
6254"<literal>Section</literal><literal>Architecture</literal> settings."
6255msgstr ""
6256
6257#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6258#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:416
6259msgid "Sets the Packages file output."
6260msgstr ""
6261
6262#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6263#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:421
6264msgid ""
6265"Sets the Sources file output. At least one of <literal>Packages</literal> or "
6266"<literal>Sources</literal> is required."
6267msgstr ""
6268
6269#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6270#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:427
6271msgid "Sets the Contents file output (optional)."
6272msgstr ""
6273
6274#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6275#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:432
6276msgid "Sets the binary override file."
6277msgstr ""
6278
6279#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6280#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:437
6281msgid "Sets the source override file."
6282msgstr ""
6283
6284#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6285#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:452
6286msgid "Sets the cache DB."
6287msgstr ""
6288
6289#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6290#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:457
6291msgid "Appends a path to all the output paths."
6292msgstr ""
6293
6294#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6295#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:462
6296msgid "Specifies the file list file."
6297msgstr ""
6298
6299#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
6300#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:469
6301msgid "The Binary Override File"
6302msgstr ""
6303
6304#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6305#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:470
6306msgid ""
6307"The binary override file is fully compatible with &dpkg-scanpackages;. It "
6308"contains four fields separated by spaces. The first field is the package "
6309"name, the second is the priority to force that package to, the third is the "
6310"section to force that package to and the final field is the maintainer "
6311"permutation field."
6312msgstr ""
6313
6314#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
6315#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:476
6316#, no-wrap
6317msgid "old [// oldn]* => new"
6318msgstr ""
6319
6320#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
6321#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:478
6322#, no-wrap
6323msgid "new"
6324msgstr ""
6325
6326#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6327#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:475
6328msgid ""
6329"The general form of the maintainer field is: <placeholder "
6330"type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or simply, <placeholder "
6331"type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/> The first form allows a double-slash "
6332"separated list of old email addresses to be specified. If any of those are "
6333"found then new is substituted for the maintainer field. The second form "
6334"unconditionally substitutes the maintainer field."
6335msgstr ""
6336
6337#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
6338#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:486
6339msgid "The Source Override File"
6340msgstr ""
6341
6342#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6343#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:488
6344msgid ""
6345"The source override file is fully compatible with &dpkg-scansources;. It "
6346"contains two fields separated by spaces. The first field is the source "
6347"package name, the second is the section to assign it."
6348msgstr ""
6349
6350#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
6351#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:493
6352msgid "The Extra Override File"
6353msgstr ""
6354
6355#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6356#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:495
6357msgid ""
6358"The extra override file allows any arbitrary tag to be added or replaced in "
6359"the output. It has three columns, the first is the package, the second is "
6360"the tag and the remainder of the line is the new value."
6361msgstr ""
6362
6363#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6364#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:506
6365msgid ""
6366"Generate the given checksum. These options default to on, when turned off "
6367"the generated index files will not have the checksum fields where possible. "
6368"Configuration Items: "
6369"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::<replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> and "
6370"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::<replaceable>Index</replaceable>::<replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> "
6371"where <literal><replaceable>Index</replaceable></literal> can be "
6372"<literal>Packages</literal>, <literal>Sources</literal> or "
6373"<literal>Release</literal> and "
6374"<literal><replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> can be "
6375"<literal>MD5</literal>, <literal>SHA1</literal> or "
6376"<literal>SHA256</literal>."
6377msgstr ""
6378
6379#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6380#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:517
6381msgid ""
6382"Use a binary caching DB. This has no effect on the generate command. "
6383"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::DB</literal>."
6384msgstr ""
6385
6386#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6387#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:523
6388msgid ""
6389"Quiet; produces output suitable for logging, omitting progress indicators. "
6390"More q's will produce more quiet up to a maximum of 2. You can also use "
6391"<option>-q=#</option> to set the quiet level, overriding the configuration "
6392"file. Configuration Item: <literal>quiet</literal>."
6393msgstr ""
6394
6395#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6396#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:531
6397msgid ""
6398"Perform Delinking. If the <literal>External-Links</literal> setting is used "
6399"then this option actually enables delinking of the files. It defaults to on "
6400"and can be turned off with <option>--no-delink</option>. Configuration "
6401"Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::DeLinkAct</literal>."
6402msgstr ""
6403
6404#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6405#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:539
6406msgid ""
6407"Perform contents generation. When this option is set and package indexes are "
6408"being generated with a cache DB then the file listing will also be extracted "
6409"and stored in the DB for later use. When using the generate command this "
6410"option also allows the creation of any Contents files. The default is on. "
6411"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Contents</literal>."
6412msgstr ""
6413
6414#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6415#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:549
6416msgid ""
6417"Select the source override file to use with the <literal>sources</literal> "
6418"command. Configuration Item: "
6419"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>."
6420msgstr ""
6421
6422#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6423#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:555
6424msgid ""
6425"Make the caching databases read only. Configuration Item: "
6426"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>."
6427msgstr ""
6428
6429#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6430#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:560
6431msgid ""
6432"Accept in the <literal>packages</literal> and <literal>contents</literal> "
6433"commands only package files matching <literal>*_arch.deb</literal> or "
6434"<literal>*_all.deb</literal> instead of all package files in the given "
6435"path. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Architecture</literal>."
6436msgstr ""
6437
6438#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6439#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:568
6440msgid ""
6441"&apt-ftparchive; caches as much as possible of metadata in a cachedb. If "
6442"packages are recompiled and/or republished with the same version again, this "
6443"will lead to problems as the now outdated cached metadata like size and "
6444"checksums will be used. With this option enabled this will no longer happen "
6445"as it will be checked if the file was changed. Note that this option is set "
6446"to \"<literal>false</literal>\" by default as it is not recommend to upload "
6447"multiply versions/builds of a package with the same versionnumber, so in "
6448"theory nobody will have these problems and therefore all these extra checks "
6449"are useless."
6450msgstr ""
6451
6452#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6453#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:580
6454msgid ""
6455"This configuration option defaults to \"<literal>true</literal>\" and should "
6456"only be set to <literal>\"false\"</literal> if the Archive generated with "
6457"&apt-ftparchive; also provides <filename>Translation</filename> files. Note "
6458"that the <filename>Translation-en</filename> master file can only be created "
6459"in the generate command."
6460msgstr ""
6461
6462#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
6463#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:598
6464#, no-wrap
6465msgid ""
6466"<command>apt-ftparchive</command> packages "
6467"<replaceable>directory</replaceable> | <command>gzip</command> > "
6468"<filename>Packages.gz</filename>\n"
6469msgstr ""
6470
6471#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6472#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:594
6473msgid ""
6474"To create a compressed Packages file for a directory containing binary "
6475"packages (.deb): <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
6476msgstr ""
6477
6478#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6479#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:608
6480msgid ""
6481"<command>apt-ftparchive</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal "
6482"100 on error."
6483msgstr ""
6484
6485#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <book>
6486#: guide.dbk:9 offline.dbk:9
6487msgid "en"
6488msgstr ""
6489
6490#. type: Content of: <book><title>
6491#: guide.dbk:11
6492msgid "APT User's Guide"
6493msgstr ""
6494
6495#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><personname>
6496#: guide.dbk:17 offline.dbk:17
6497msgid "Jason Gunthorpe"
6498msgstr ""
6499
6500#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><email>
6501#: guide.dbk:17 offline.dbk:17
6502msgid "jgg@debian.org"
6503msgstr ""
6504
6505#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo>
6506#: guide.dbk:21 offline.dbk:21
6507msgid "Version &apt-product-version;"
6508msgstr ""
6509
6510#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
6511#: guide.dbk:25
6512msgid ""
6513"This document provides an overview of how to use the the APT package "
6514"manager."
6515msgstr ""
6516
6517#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
6518#: guide.dbk:29
6519msgid "<copyright><year>1998</year><holder>Jason Gunthorpe</holder></copyright>"
6520msgstr ""
6521
6522#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><title>
6523#: guide.dbk:32 offline.dbk:33
6524msgid "License Notice"
6525msgstr ""
6526
6527#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
6528#: guide.dbk:34 offline.dbk:35
6529msgid ""
6530"\"APT\" and this document are free software; you can redistribute them "
6531"and/or modify them under the terms of the GNU General Public License as "
6532"published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, "
6533"or (at your option) any later version."
6534msgstr ""
6535
6536#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
6537#: guide.dbk:43 offline.dbk:41
6538msgid ""
6539"For more details, on Debian systems, see the file "
6540"/usr/share/common-licenses/GPL for the full license."
6541msgstr ""
6542
6543#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
6544#: guide.dbk:50
6545msgid "General"
6546msgstr ""
6547
6548#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6549#: guide.dbk:52
6550msgid ""
6551"The APT package currently contains two sections, the APT "
6552"<command>dselect</command> method and the <command>apt-get</command> command "
6553"line user interface. Both provide a way to install and remove packages as "
6554"well as download new packages from the Internet."
6555msgstr ""
6556
6557#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
6558#: guide.dbk:58
6559msgid "Anatomy of the Package System"
6560msgstr ""
6561
6562#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6563#: guide.dbk:60
6564msgid ""
6565"The Debian packaging system has a large amount of information associated "
6566"with each package to help assure that it integrates cleanly and easily into "
6567"the system. The most prominent of its features is the dependency system."
6568msgstr ""
6569
6570#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6571#: guide.dbk:65
6572msgid ""
6573"The dependency system allows individual programs to make use of shared "
6574"elements in the system such as libraries. It simplifies placing infrequently "
6575"used portions of a program in separate packages to reduce the number of "
6576"things the average user is required to install. Also, it allows for choices "
6577"in mail transport agents, X servers and so on."
6578msgstr ""
6579
6580#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6581#: guide.dbk:72
6582msgid ""
6583"The first step to understanding the dependency system is to grasp the "
6584"concept of a simple dependency. The meaning of a simple dependency is that a "
6585"package requires another package to be installed at the same time to work "
6586"properly."
6587msgstr ""
6588
6589#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6590#: guide.dbk:77
6591msgid ""
6592"For instance, mailcrypt is an emacs extension that aids in encrypting email "
6593"with GPG. Without GPGP installed mailcrypt is useless, so mailcrypt has a "
6594"simple dependency on GPG. Also, because it is an emacs extension it has a "
6595"simple dependency on emacs, without emacs it is completely useless."
6596msgstr ""
6597
6598#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6599#: guide.dbk:83
6600msgid ""
6601"The other important dependency to understand is a conflicting dependency. It "
6602"means that a package, when installed with another package, will not work and "
6603"may possibly be extremely harmful to the system. As an example consider a "
6604"mail transport agent such as sendmail, exim or qmail. It is not possible to "
6605"have two mail transport agents installed because both need to listen to the "
6606"network to receive mail. Attempting to install two will seriously damage the "
6607"system so all mail transport agents have a conflicting dependency with all "
6608"other mail transport agents."
6609msgstr ""
6610
6611#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6612#: guide.dbk:93
6613msgid ""
6614"As an added complication there is the possibility for a package to pretend "
6615"to be another package. Consider that exim and sendmail for many intents are "
6616"identical, they both deliver mail and understand a common interface. Hence, "
6617"the package system has a way for them to declare that they are both "
6618"mail-transport-agents. So, exim and sendmail both declare that they provide "
6619"a mail-transport-agent and other packages that need a mail transport agent "
6620"depend on mail-transport-agent. This can add a great deal of confusion when "
6621"trying to manually fix packages."
6622msgstr ""
6623
6624#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6625#: guide.dbk:103
6626msgid ""
6627"At any given time a single dependency may be met by packages that are "
6628"already installed or it may not be. APT attempts to help resolve dependency "
6629"issues by providing a number of automatic algorithms that help in selecting "
6630"packages for installation."
6631msgstr ""
6632
6633#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
6634#: guide.dbk:112
6635msgid "apt-get"
6636msgstr ""
6637
6638#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6639#: guide.dbk:114
6640msgid ""
6641"<command>apt-get</command> provides a simple way to install packages from "
6642"the command line. Unlike <command>dpkg</command>, <command>apt-get</command> "
6643"does not understand .deb files, it works with the package's proper name and "
6644"can only install .deb archives from a <emphasis>Source</emphasis>."
6645msgstr ""
6646
6647#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para><footnote><para>
6648#: guide.dbk:120
6649msgid ""
6650"If you are using an http proxy server you must set the http_proxy "
6651"environment variable first, see sources.list(5)"
6652msgstr ""
6653
6654#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6655#: guide.dbk:120
6656msgid ""
6657"The first <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> thing that should be "
6658"done before using <command>apt-get</command> is to fetch the package lists "
6659"from the <emphasis>Sources</emphasis> so that it knows what packages are "
6660"available. This is done with <literal>apt-get update</literal>. For "
6661"instance,"
6662msgstr ""
6663
6664#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><screen>
6665#: guide.dbk:128
6666#, no-wrap
6667msgid ""
6668"# apt-get update\n"
6669"Get http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian-non-US/ stable/binary-i386/ Packages\n"
6670"Get http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/contrib Packages\n"
6671"Reading Package Lists... Done\n"
6672"Building Dependency Tree... Done\n"
6673msgstr ""
6674
6675#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6676#: guide.dbk:135
6677msgid "Once updated there are several commands that can be used:"
6678msgstr ""
6679
6680#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
6681#: guide.dbk:139
6682msgid "upgrade"
6683msgstr ""
6684
6685#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6686#: guide.dbk:142
6687msgid ""
6688"Upgrade will attempt to gently upgrade the whole system. Upgrade will never "
6689"install a new package or remove an existing package, nor will it ever "
6690"upgrade a package that might cause some other package to break. This can be "
6691"used daily to relatively safely upgrade the system. Upgrade will list all of "
6692"the packages that it could not upgrade, this usually means that they depend "
6693"on new packages or conflict with some other "
6694"package. <command>dselect</command> or <literal>apt-get install</literal> "
6695"can be used to force these packages to install."
6696msgstr ""
6697
6698#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
6699#: guide.dbk:154
6700msgid "install"
6701msgstr ""
6702
6703#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6704#: guide.dbk:157
6705msgid ""
6706"Install is used to install packages by name. The package is automatically "
6707"fetched and installed. This can be useful if you already know the name of "
6708"the package to install and do not want to go into a GUI to select it. Any "
6709"number of packages may be passed to install, they will all be "
6710"fetched. Install automatically attempts to resolve dependency problems with "
6711"the listed packages and will print a summary and ask for confirmation if "
6712"anything other than its arguments are changed."
6713msgstr ""
6714
6715#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
6716#: guide.dbk:168
6717msgid "dist-upgrade"
6718msgstr ""
6719
6720#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6721#: guide.dbk:171
6722msgid ""
6723"Dist-upgrade is a complete upgrader designed to simplify upgrading between "
6724"releases of Debian. It uses a sophisticated algorithm to determine the best "
6725"set of packages to install, upgrade and remove to get as much of the system "
6726"to the newest release. In some situations it may be desired to use "
6727"dist-upgrade rather than spend the time manually resolving dependencies in "
6728"<command>dselect</command>. Once dist-upgrade has completed then "
6729"<command>dselect</command> can be used to install any packages that may have "
6730"been left out."
6731msgstr ""
6732
6733#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6734#: guide.dbk:181
6735msgid ""
6736"It is important to closely look at what dist-upgrade is going to do, its "
6737"decisions may sometimes be quite surprising."
6738msgstr ""
6739
6740#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6741#: guide.dbk:188
6742msgid ""
6743"<command>apt-get</command> has several command line options that are "
6744"detailed in its man page, "
6745"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>apt-get</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. "
6746"The most useful option is <literal>-d</literal> which does not install the "
6747"fetched files. If the system has to download a large number of package it "
6748"would be undesired to start installing them in case something goes "
6749"wrong. When <literal>-d</literal> is used the downloaded archives can be "
6750"installed by simply running the command that caused them to be downloaded "
6751"again without <literal>-d</literal>."
6752msgstr ""
6753
6754#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
6755#: guide.dbk:200
6756msgid "DSelect"
6757msgstr ""
6758
6759#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6760#: guide.dbk:202
6761msgid ""
6762"The APT <command>dselect</command> method provides the complete APT system "
6763"with the <command>dselect</command> package selection "
6764"GUI. <command>dselect</command> is used to select the packages to be "
6765"installed or removed and APT actually installs them."
6766msgstr ""
6767
6768#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6769#: guide.dbk:208
6770msgid ""
6771"To enable the APT method you need to select [A]ccess in "
6772"<command>dselect</command> and then choose the APT method. You will be "
6773"prompted for a set of <emphasis>Sources</emphasis> which are places to fetch "
6774"archives from. These can be remote Internet sites, local Debian mirrors or "
6775"CD-ROMs. Each source can provide a fragment of the total Debian archive, APT "
6776"will automatically combine them to form a complete set of packages. If you "
6777"have a CD-ROM then it is a good idea to specify it first and then specify a "
6778"mirror so that you have access to the latest bug fixes. APT will "
6779"automatically use packages on your CD-ROM before downloading from the "
6780"Internet."
6781msgstr ""
6782
6783#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><screen>
6784#: guide.dbk:219
6785#, no-wrap
6786msgid ""
6787" Set up a list of distribution source locations\n"
6788"\n"
6789" Please give the base URL of the debian distribution.\n"
6790" The access schemes I know about are: http file\n"
6791"\n"
6792" For example:\n"
6793" file:/mnt/debian,\n"
6794" ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian,\n"
6795" http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian,\n"
6796"\n"
6797"\n"
6798" URL [http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian]:\n"
6799msgstr ""
6800
6801#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6802#: guide.dbk:233
6803msgid ""
6804"The <emphasis>Sources</emphasis> setup starts by asking for the base of the "
6805"Debian archive, defaulting to a HTTP mirror. Next it asks for the "
6806"distribution to get."
6807msgstr ""
6808
6809#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><screen>
6810#: guide.dbk:238
6811#, no-wrap
6812msgid ""
6813" Please give the distribution tag to get or a path to the\n"
6814" package file ending in a /. The distribution\n"
6815" tags are typically something like: stable unstable testing non-US\n"
6816"\n"
6817" Distribution [stable]:\n"
6818msgstr ""
6819
6820#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6821#: guide.dbk:245
6822msgid ""
6823"The distribution refers to the Debian version in the archive, "
6824"<emphasis>stable</emphasis> refers to the latest released version and "
6825"<emphasis>unstable</emphasis> refers to the developmental "
6826"version. <emphasis>non-US</emphasis> is only available on some mirrors and "
6827"refers to packages that contain encryption technology or other things that "
6828"cannot be exported from the United States. Importing these packages into the "
6829"US is legal however."
6830msgstr ""
6831
6832#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><screen>
6833#: guide.dbk:254
6834#, no-wrap
6835msgid ""
6836" Please give the components to get\n"
6837" The components are typically something like: main contrib non-free\n"
6838"\n"
6839" Components [main contrib non-free]:\n"
6840msgstr ""
6841
6842#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6843#: guide.dbk:260
6844msgid ""
6845"The components list refers to the list of sub distributions to fetch. The "
6846"distribution is split up based on software licenses, main being DFSG free "
6847"packages while contrib and non-free contain things that have various "
6848"restrictions placed on their use and distribution."
6849msgstr ""
6850
6851#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6852#: guide.dbk:266
6853msgid ""
6854"Any number of sources can be added, the setup script will continue to prompt "
6855"until you have specified all that you want."
6856msgstr ""
6857
6858#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6859#: guide.dbk:270
6860msgid ""
6861"Before starting to use <command>dselect</command> it is necessary to update "
6862"the available list by selecting [U]pdate from the menu. This is a superset "
6863"of <literal>apt-get update</literal> that makes the fetched information "
6864"available to <command>dselect</command>. [U]pdate must be performed even if "
6865"<literal>apt-get update</literal> has been run before."
6866msgstr ""
6867
6868#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6869#: guide.dbk:277
6870msgid ""
6871"You can then go on and make your selections using [S]elect and then perform "
6872"the installation using [I]nstall. When using the APT method the [C]onfig and "
6873"[R]emove commands have no meaning, the [I]nstall command performs both of "
6874"them together."
6875msgstr ""
6876
6877#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6878#: guide.dbk:283
6879msgid ""
6880"By default APT will automatically remove the package (.deb) files once they "
6881"have been successfully installed. To change this behavior place "
6882"<literal>Dselect::clean \"prompt\";</literal> in /etc/apt/apt.conf."
6883msgstr ""
6884
6885#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
6886#: guide.dbk:289
6887msgid "The Interface"
6888msgstr ""
6889
6890#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para><footnote><para>
6891#: guide.dbk:293
6892msgid ""
6893"The <command>dselect</command> method actually is a set of wrapper scripts "
6894"to <command>apt-get</command>. The method actually provides more "
6895"functionality than is present in <command>apt-get</command> alone."
6896msgstr ""
6897
6898#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6899#: guide.dbk:291
6900msgid ""
6901"Both that APT <command>dselect</command> method and "
6902"<command>apt-get</command> share the same interface. It is a simple system "
6903"that generally tells you what it will do and then goes and does "
6904"it. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> After printing out a summary "
6905"of what will happen APT then will print out some informative status messages "
6906"so that you can estimate how far along it is and how much is left to do."
6907msgstr ""
6908
6909#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
6910#: guide.dbk:302
6911msgid "Startup"
6912msgstr ""
6913
6914#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6915#: guide.dbk:304
6916msgid ""
6917"Before all operations except update, APT performs a number of actions to "
6918"prepare its internal state. It also does some checks of the system's "
6919"state. At any time these operations can be performed by running "
6920"<literal>apt-get check</literal>."
6921msgstr ""
6922
6923#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
6924#: guide.dbk:310
6925#, no-wrap
6926msgid ""
6927"# apt-get check\n"
6928"Reading Package Lists... Done\n"
6929"Building Dependency Tree... Done\n"
6930msgstr ""
6931
6932#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6933#: guide.dbk:315
6934msgid ""
6935"The first thing it does is read all the package files into memory. APT uses "
6936"a caching scheme so this operation will be faster the second time it is "
6937"run. If some of the package files are not found then they will be ignored "
6938"and a warning will be printed when apt-get exits."
6939msgstr ""
6940
6941#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6942#: guide.dbk:321
6943msgid ""
6944"The final operation performs a detailed analysis of the system's "
6945"dependencies. It checks every dependency of every installed or unpacked "
6946"package and considers if it is OK. Should this find a problem then a report "
6947"will be printed out and <command>apt-get</command> will refuse to run."
6948msgstr ""
6949
6950#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
6951#: guide.dbk:327
6952#, no-wrap
6953msgid ""
6954"# apt-get check\n"
6955"Reading Package Lists... Done\n"
6956"Building Dependency Tree... Done\n"
6957"You might want to run apt-get -f install' to correct these.\n"
6958"Sorry, but the following packages have unmet dependencies:\n"
6959" 9fonts: Depends: xlib6g but it is not installed\n"
6960" uucp: Depends: mailx but it is not installed\n"
6961" blast: Depends: xlib6g (&gt;= 3.3-5) but it is not installed\n"
6962" adduser: Depends: perl-base but it is not installed\n"
6963" aumix: Depends: libgpmg1 but it is not installed\n"
6964" debiandoc-sgml: Depends: sgml-base but it is not installed\n"
6965" bash-builtins: Depends: bash (&gt;= 2.01) but 2.0-3 is installed\n"
6966" cthugha: Depends: svgalibg1 but it is not installed\n"
6967" Depends: xlib6g (&gt;= 3.3-5) but it is not installed\n"
6968" libreadlineg2: Conflicts:libreadline2 (&lt;&lt; 2.1-2.1)\n"
6969msgstr ""
6970
6971#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6972#: guide.dbk:344
6973msgid ""
6974"In this example the system has many problems, including a serious problem "
6975"with libreadlineg2. For each package that has unmet dependencies a line is "
6976"printed out indicating the package with the problem and the dependencies "
6977"that are unmet. A short explanation of why the package has a dependency "
6978"problem is also included."
6979msgstr ""
6980
6981#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para><footnote><para>
6982#: guide.dbk:353
6983msgid ""
6984"APT however considers all known dependencies and attempts to prevent broken "
6985"packages"
6986msgstr ""
6987
6988#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6989#: guide.dbk:351
6990msgid ""
6991"There are two ways a system can get into a broken state like this. The first "
6992"is caused by <command>dpkg</command> missing some subtle relationships "
6993"between packages when performing upgrades. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
6994"id=\"0\"/>. The second is if a package installation fails during an "
6995"operation. In this situation a package may have been unpacked without its "
6996"dependents being installed."
6997msgstr ""
6998
6999#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7000#: guide.dbk:360
7001msgid ""
7002"The second situation is much less serious than the first because APT places "
7003"certain constraints on the order that packages are installed. In both cases "
7004"supplying the <literal>-f</literal> option to <command>apt-get</command> "
7005"will cause APT to deduce a possible solution to the problem and then "
7006"continue on. The APT <command>dselect</command> method always supplies the "
7007"<literal>-f</literal> option to allow for easy continuation of failed "
7008"maintainer scripts."
7009msgstr ""
7010
7011#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7012#: guide.dbk:369
7013msgid ""
7014"However, if the <literal>-f</literal> option is used to correct a seriously "
7015"broken system caused by the first case then it is possible that it will "
7016"either fail immediately or the installation sequence will fail. In either "
7017"case it is necessary to manually use dpkg (possibly with forcing options) to "
7018"correct the situation enough to allow APT to proceed."
7019msgstr ""
7020
7021#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7022#: guide.dbk:377
7023msgid "The Status Report"
7024msgstr ""
7025
7026#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7027#: guide.dbk:379
7028msgid ""
7029"Before proceeding <command>apt-get</command> will present a report on what "
7030"will happen. Generally the report reflects the type of operation being "
7031"performed but there are several common elements. In all cases the lists "
7032"reflect the final state of things, taking into account the "
7033"<literal>-f</literal> option and any other relevant activities to the "
7034"command being executed."
7035msgstr ""
7036
7037#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
7038#: guide.dbk:386
7039msgid "The Extra Package list"
7040msgstr ""
7041
7042#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
7043#: guide.dbk:388
7044#, no-wrap
7045msgid ""
7046"The following extra packages will be installed:\n"
7047" libdbd-mysql-perl xlib6 zlib1 xzx libreadline2 libdbd-msql-perl\n"
7048" mailpgp xdpkg fileutils pinepgp zlib1g xlib6g perl-base\n"
7049" bin86 libgdbm1 libgdbmg1 quake-lib gmp2 bcc xbuffy\n"
7050" squake pgp-i python-base debmake ldso perl libreadlineg2\n"
7051" ssh\n"
7052msgstr ""
7053
7054#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7055#: guide.dbk:396
7056msgid ""
7057"The Extra Package list shows all of the packages that will be installed or "
7058"upgraded in excess of the ones mentioned on the command line. It is only "
7059"generated for an <literal>install</literal> command. The listed packages are "
7060"often the result of an Auto Install."
7061msgstr ""
7062
7063#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
7064#: guide.dbk:403
7065msgid "The Packages to Remove"
7066msgstr ""
7067
7068#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
7069#: guide.dbk:405
7070#, no-wrap
7071msgid ""
7072"The following packages will be REMOVED:\n"
7073" xlib6-dev xpat2 tk40-dev xkeycaps xbattle xonix\n"
7074" xdaliclock tk40 tk41 xforms0.86 ghostview xloadimage xcolorsel\n"
7075" xadmin xboard perl-debug tkined xtetris libreadline2-dev perl-suid\n"
7076" nas xpilot xfig\n"
7077msgstr ""
7078
7079#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7080#: guide.dbk:412
7081msgid ""
7082"The Packages to Remove list shows all of the packages that will be removed "
7083"from the system. It can be shown for any of the operations and should be "
7084"given a careful inspection to ensure nothing important is to be taken "
7085"off. The <literal>-f</literal> option is especially good at generating "
7086"packages to remove so extreme care should be used in that case. The list may "
7087"contain packages that are going to be removed because they are only "
7088"partially installed, possibly due to an aborted installation."
7089msgstr ""
7090
7091#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
7092#: guide.dbk:422
7093msgid "The New Packages list"
7094msgstr ""
7095
7096#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
7097#: guide.dbk:424
7098#, no-wrap
7099msgid ""
7100"The following NEW packages will installed:\n"
7101" zlib1g xlib6g perl-base libgdbmg1 quake-lib gmp2 pgp-i python-base\n"
7102msgstr ""
7103
7104#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7105#: guide.dbk:428
7106msgid ""
7107"The New Packages list is simply a reminder of what will happen. The packages "
7108"listed are not presently installed in the system but will be when APT is "
7109"done."
7110msgstr ""
7111
7112#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
7113#: guide.dbk:433
7114msgid "The Kept Back list"
7115msgstr ""
7116
7117#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
7118#: guide.dbk:435
7119#, no-wrap
7120msgid ""
7121"The following packages have been kept back\n"
7122" compface man-db tetex-base msql libpaper svgalib1\n"
7123" gs snmp arena lynx xpat2 groff xscreensaver\n"
7124msgstr ""
7125
7126#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7127#: guide.dbk:440
7128msgid ""
7129"Whenever the whole system is being upgraded there is the possibility that "
7130"new versions of packages cannot be installed because they require new things "
7131"or conflict with already installed things. In this case the package will "
7132"appear in the Kept Back list. The best way to convince packages listed there "
7133"to install is with <literal>apt-get install</literal> or by using "
7134"<command>dselect</command> to resolve their problems."
7135msgstr ""
7136
7137#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
7138#: guide.dbk:449
7139msgid "Held Packages warning"
7140msgstr ""
7141
7142#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
7143#: guide.dbk:451
7144#, no-wrap
7145msgid ""
7146"The following held packages will be changed:\n"
7147" cvs\n"
7148msgstr ""
7149
7150#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7151#: guide.dbk:455
7152msgid ""
7153"Sometimes you can ask APT to install a package that is on hold, in such a "
7154"case it prints out a warning that the held package is going to be "
7155"changed. This should only happen during dist-upgrade or install."
7156msgstr ""
7157
7158#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
7159#: guide.dbk:461
7160msgid "Final summary"
7161msgstr ""
7162
7163#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7164#: guide.dbk:463
7165msgid "Finally, APT will print out a summary of all the changes that will occur."
7166msgstr ""
7167
7168#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
7169#: guide.dbk:466
7170#, no-wrap
7171msgid ""
7172"206 packages upgraded, 8 newly installed, 23 to remove and 51 not "
7173"upgraded.\n"
7174"12 packages not fully installed or removed.\n"
7175"Need to get 65.7M/66.7M of archives. After unpacking 26.5M will be used.\n"
7176msgstr ""
7177
7178#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7179#: guide.dbk:471
7180msgid ""
7181"The first line of the summary simply is a reduced version of all of the "
7182"lists and includes the number of upgrades - that is packages already "
7183"installed that have new versions available. The second line indicates the "
7184"number of poorly configured packages, possibly the result of an aborted "
7185"installation. The final line shows the space requirements that the "
7186"installation needs. The first pair of numbers refer to the size of the "
7187"archive files. The first number indicates the number of bytes that must be "
7188"fetched from remote locations and the second indicates the total size of all "
7189"the archives required. The next number indicates the size difference between "
7190"the presently installed packages and the newly installed packages. It is "
7191"roughly equivalent to the space required in /usr after everything is "
7192"done. If a large number of packages are being removed then the value may "
7193"indicate the amount of space that will be freed."
7194msgstr ""
7195
7196#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7197#: guide.dbk:485
7198msgid ""
7199"Some other reports can be generated by using the -u option to show packages "
7200"to upgrade, they are similar to the previous examples."
7201msgstr ""
7202
7203#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7204#: guide.dbk:492
7205msgid "The Status Display"
7206msgstr ""
7207
7208#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7209#: guide.dbk:494
7210msgid ""
7211"During the download of archives and package files APT prints out a series of "
7212"status messages."
7213msgstr ""
7214
7215#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7216#: guide.dbk:498
7217#, no-wrap
7218msgid ""
7219"# apt-get update\n"
7220"Get:1 http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian-non-US/ stable/non-US/ Packages\n"
7221"Get:2 http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/contrib Packages\n"
7222"Hit http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/main Packages\n"
7223"Get:4 http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian-non-US/ unstable/binary-i386/ "
7224"Packages\n"
7225"Get:5 http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/non-free Packages\n"
7226"11% [5 testing/non-free `Waiting for file' 0/32.1k 0%] 2203b/s 1m52s\n"
7227msgstr ""
7228
7229#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7230#: guide.dbk:507
7231msgid ""
7232"The lines starting with <emphasis>Get</emphasis> are printed out when APT "
7233"begins to fetch a file while the last line indicates the progress of the "
7234"download. The first percent value on the progress line indicates the total "
7235"percent done of all files. Unfortunately since the size of the Package files "
7236"is unknown <literal>apt-get update</literal> estimates the percent done "
7237"which causes some inaccuracies."
7238msgstr ""
7239
7240#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7241#: guide.dbk:515
7242msgid ""
7243"The next section of the status line is repeated once for each download "
7244"thread and indicates the operation being performed and some useful "
7245"information about what is happening. Sometimes this section will simply read "
7246"<emphasis>Forking</emphasis> which means the OS is loading the download "
7247"module. The first word after the [ is the fetch number as shown on the "
7248"history lines. The next word is the short form name of the object being "
7249"downloaded. For archives it will contain the name of the package that is "
7250"being fetched."
7251msgstr ""
7252
7253#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7254#: guide.dbk:525
7255msgid ""
7256"Inside of the single quote is an informative string indicating the progress "
7257"of the negotiation phase of the download. Typically it progresses from "
7258"<emphasis>Connecting</emphasis> to <emphasis>Waiting for file</emphasis> to "
7259"<emphasis>Downloading</emphasis> or <emphasis>Resuming</emphasis>. The final "
7260"value is the number of bytes downloaded from the remote site. Once the "
7261"download begins this is represented as <literal>102/10.2k</literal> "
7262"indicating that 102 bytes have been fetched and 10.2 kilobytes is "
7263"expected. The total size is always shown in 4 figure notation to preserve "
7264"space. After the size display is a percent meter for the file itself. The "
7265"second last element is the instantaneous average speed. This values is "
7266"updated every 5 seconds and reflects the rate of data transfer for that "
7267"period. Finally is shown the estimated transfer time. This is updated "
7268"regularly and reflects the time to complete everything at the shown transfer "
7269"rate."
7270msgstr ""
7271
7272#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7273#: guide.dbk:540
7274msgid ""
7275"The status display updates every half second to provide a constant feedback "
7276"on the download progress while the Get lines scroll back whenever a new file "
7277"is started. Since the status display is constantly updated it is unsuitable "
7278"for logging to a file, use the <literal>-q</literal> option to remove the "
7279"status display."
7280msgstr ""
7281
7282#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7283#: guide.dbk:548
7284msgid "Dpkg"
7285msgstr ""
7286
7287#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7288#: guide.dbk:550
7289msgid ""
7290"APT uses <command>dpkg</command> for installing the archives and will switch "
7291"over to the <command>dpkg</command> interface once downloading is "
7292"completed. <command>dpkg</command> will also ask a number of questions as it "
7293"processes the packages and the packages themselves may also ask several "
7294"questions. Before each question there is usually a description of what it is "
7295"asking and the questions are too varied to discuss completely here."
7296msgstr ""
7297
7298#. type: Content of: <book><title>
7299#: offline.dbk:11
7300msgid "Using APT Offline"
7301msgstr ""
7302
7303#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
7304#: offline.dbk:25
7305msgid ""
7306"This document describes how to use APT in a non-networked environment, "
7307"specifically a 'sneaker-net' approach for performing upgrades."
7308msgstr ""
7309
7310#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
7311#: offline.dbk:30
7312msgid "<copyright><year>1999</year><holder>Jason Gunthorpe</holder></copyright>"
7313msgstr ""
7314
7315#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
7316#: offline.dbk:48
7317msgid "Introduction"
7318msgstr ""
7319
7320#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7321#: offline.dbk:50 offline.dbk:80 offline.dbk:192
7322msgid "Overview"
7323msgstr ""
7324
7325#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7326#: offline.dbk:52
7327msgid ""
7328"Normally APT requires direct access to a Debian archive, either from a local "
7329"media or through a network. Another common complaint is that a Debian "
7330"machine is on a slow link, such as a modem and another machine has a very "
7331"fast connection but they are physically distant."
7332msgstr ""
7333
7334#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7335#: offline.dbk:58
7336msgid ""
7337"The solution to this is to use large removable media such as a Zip disc or a "
7338"SuperDisk disc. These discs are not large enough to store the entire Debian "
7339"archive but can easily fit a subset large enough for most users. The idea is "
7340"to use APT to generate a list of packages that are required and then fetch "
7341"them onto the disc using another machine with good connectivity. It is even "
7342"possible to use another Debian machine with APT or to use a completely "
7343"different OS and a download tool like wget. Let <emphasis>remote "
7344"host</emphasis> mean the machine downloading the packages, and "
7345"<emphasis>target host</emphasis> the one with bad or no connection."
7346msgstr ""
7347
7348#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7349#: offline.dbk:69
7350msgid ""
7351"This is achieved by creatively manipulating the APT configuration file. The "
7352"essential premise to tell APT to look on a disc for it's archive files. Note "
7353"that the disc should be formatted with a filesystem that can handle long "
7354"file names such as ext2, fat32 or vfat."
7355msgstr ""
7356
7357#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
7358#: offline.dbk:78
7359msgid "Using APT on both machines"
7360msgstr ""
7361
7362#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7363#: offline.dbk:82
7364msgid ""
7365"APT being available on both machines gives the simplest configuration. The "
7366"basic idea is to place a copy of the status file on the disc and use the "
7367"remote machine to fetch the latest package files and decide which packages "
7368"to download. The disk directory structure should look like:"
7369msgstr ""
7370
7371#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7372#: offline.dbk:88
7373#, no-wrap
7374msgid ""
7375" /disc/\n"
7376" archives/\n"
7377" partial/\n"
7378" lists/\n"
7379" partial/\n"
7380" status\n"
7381" sources.list\n"
7382" apt.conf\n"
7383msgstr ""
7384
7385#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7386#: offline.dbk:99
7387msgid "The configuration file"
7388msgstr ""
7389
7390#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7391#: offline.dbk:101
7392msgid ""
7393"The configuration file should tell APT to store its files on the disc and to "
7394"use the configuration files on the disc as well. The sources.list should "
7395"contain the proper sites that you wish to use from the remote machine, and "
7396"the status file should be a copy of "
7397"<emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/status</emphasis> from the <emphasis>target "
7398"host</emphasis>. Please note, if you are using a local archive you must use "
7399"copy URIs, the syntax is identical to file URIs."
7400msgstr ""
7401
7402#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7403#: offline.dbk:109
7404msgid ""
7405"<emphasis>apt.conf</emphasis> must contain the necessary information to make "
7406"APT use the disc:"
7407msgstr ""
7408
7409#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7410#: offline.dbk:113
7411#, no-wrap
7412msgid ""
7413" APT\n"
7414" {\n"
7415" /* This is not necessary if the two machines are the same arch, it "
7416"tells\n"
7417" the remote APT what architecture the target machine is */\n"
7418" Architecture \"i386\";\n"
7419"\n"
7420" Get::Download-Only \"true\";\n"
7421" };\n"
7422"\n"
7423" Dir\n"
7424" {\n"
7425" /* Use the disc for state information and redirect the status file from\n"
7426" the /var/lib/dpkg default */\n"
7427" State \"/disc/\";\n"
7428" State::status \"status\";\n"
7429"\n"
7430" // Binary caches will be stored locally\n"
7431" Cache::archives \"/disc/archives/\";\n"
7432" Cache \"/tmp/\";\n"
7433"\n"
7434" // Location of the source list.\n"
7435" Etc \"/disc/\";\n"
7436" };\n"
7437msgstr ""
7438
7439#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7440#: offline.dbk:138
7441msgid ""
7442"More details can be seen by examining the apt.conf man page and the sample "
7443"configuration file in "
7444"<emphasis>/usr/share/doc/apt/examples/apt.conf</emphasis>."
7445msgstr ""
7446
7447#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7448#: offline.dbk:143
7449msgid ""
7450"On the target machine the first thing to do is mount the disc and copy "
7451"<emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/status</emphasis> to it. You will also need to "
7452"create the directories outlined in the Overview, "
7453"<emphasis>archives/partial/</emphasis> and "
7454"<emphasis>lists/partial/</emphasis>. Then take the disc to the remote "
7455"machine and configure the sources.list. On the remote machine execute the "
7456"following:"
7457msgstr ""
7458
7459#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7460#: offline.dbk:152
7461#, no-wrap
7462msgid ""
7463" # export APT_CONFIG=\"/disc/apt.conf\"\n"
7464" # apt-get update\n"
7465" [ APT fetches the package files ]\n"
7466" # apt-get dist-upgrade\n"
7467" [ APT fetches all the packages needed to upgrade the target machine ]\n"
7468msgstr ""
7469
7470#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7471#: offline.dbk:159
7472msgid ""
7473"The dist-upgrade command can be replaced with any other standard APT "
7474"commands, particularly dselect-upgrade. You can even use an APT front end "
7475"such as <emphasis>dselect</emphasis>. However this presents a problem in "
7476"communicating your selections back to the local computer."
7477msgstr ""
7478
7479#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7480#: offline.dbk:165
7481msgid ""
7482"Now the disc contains all of the index files and archives needed to upgrade "
7483"the target machine. Take the disc back and run:"
7484msgstr ""
7485
7486#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7487#: offline.dbk:169
7488#, no-wrap
7489msgid ""
7490" # export APT_CONFIG=\"/disc/apt.conf\"\n"
7491" # apt-get check\n"
7492" [ APT generates a local copy of the cache files ]\n"
7493" # apt-get --no-d -o dir::state::status=/var/lib/dpkg/status dist-upgrade\n"
7494" [ Or any other APT command ]\n"
7495msgstr ""
7496
7497#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7498#: offline.dbk:176
7499msgid ""
7500"It is necessary for proper function to re-specify the status file to be the "
7501"local one. This is very important!"
7502msgstr ""
7503
7504#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7505#: offline.dbk:180
7506msgid ""
7507"If you are using dselect you can do the very risky operation of copying "
7508"disc/status to /var/lib/dpkg/status so that any selections you made on the "
7509"remote machine are updated. I highly recommend that people only make "
7510"selections on the local machine - but this may not always be possible. DO "
7511"NOT copy the status file if dpkg or APT have been run in the mean time!!"
7512msgstr ""
7513
7514#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
7515#: offline.dbk:190
7516msgid "Using APT and wget"
7517msgstr ""
7518
7519#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7520#: offline.dbk:194
7521msgid ""
7522"<emphasis>wget</emphasis> is a popular and portable download tool that can "
7523"run on nearly any machine. Unlike the method above this requires that the "
7524"Debian machine already has a list of available packages."
7525msgstr ""
7526
7527#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7528#: offline.dbk:199
7529msgid ""
7530"The basic idea is to create a disc that has only the archive files "
7531"downloaded from the remote site. This is done by using the --print-uris "
7532"option to apt-get and then preparing a wget script to actually fetch the "
7533"packages."
7534msgstr ""
7535
7536#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7537#: offline.dbk:205
7538msgid "Operation"
7539msgstr ""
7540
7541#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7542#: offline.dbk:207
7543msgid ""
7544"Unlike the previous technique no special configuration files are "
7545"required. We merely use the standard APT commands to generate the file list."
7546msgstr ""
7547
7548#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7549#: offline.dbk:211
7550#, no-wrap
7551msgid ""
7552" # apt-get dist-upgrade\n"
7553" [ Press no when prompted, make sure you are happy with the actions ]\n"
7554" # apt-get -qq --print-uris dist-upgrade &gt; uris\n"
7555" # awk '{print \"wget -O \" $2 \" \" $1}' &lt; uris &gt; /disc/wget-script\n"
7556msgstr ""
7557
7558#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7559#: offline.dbk:217
7560msgid ""
7561"Any command other than dist-upgrade could be used here, including "
7562"dselect-upgrade."
7563msgstr ""
7564
7565#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7566#: offline.dbk:221
7567msgid ""
7568"The /disc/wget-script file will now contain a list of wget commands to "
7569"execute in order to fetch the necessary archives. This script should be run "
7570"with the current directory as the disc's mount point so as to save the "
7571"output on the disc."
7572msgstr ""
7573
7574#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7575#: offline.dbk:227
7576msgid "The remote machine would do something like"
7577msgstr ""
7578
7579#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7580#: offline.dbk:230
7581#, no-wrap
7582msgid ""
7583" # cd /disc\n"
7584" # sh -x ./wget-script\n"
7585" [ wait.. ]\n"
7586msgstr ""
7587
7588#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7589#: offline.dbk:235
7590msgid ""
7591"Once the archives are downloaded and the disc returned to the Debian machine "
7592"installation can proceed using,"
7593msgstr ""
7594
7595#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7596#: offline.dbk:239
7597#, no-wrap
7598msgid " # apt-get -o dir::cache::archives=\"/disc/\" dist-upgrade\n"
7599msgstr ""
7600
7601#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7602#: offline.dbk:242
7603msgid "Which will use the already fetched archives on the disc."
7604msgstr ""